a. w. hamilton - malay made easy - covering both malaya and indonesia - singapore eastern...
TRANSCRIPT
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 1/68
,
By THE SAME
AUTHOR
EASY MALAY VOCABULARY
MALAY PANTUNS
Quatrains) .
MALAY PROVERBS
SHA IR OMAR KHAYYAM
(A
Malay Version of tile Rubaiyat)
MALAYAN NURSERY RHYMES
Haii s Boo .
e
of)
S NG LOMRI-Jawi edition
A Malay Version of Reynard the Fox)
'.
:
,
,
.
MALAY
MADE EASY
covering hath Malay
a and In donts ia
A
W, HAMILTON
Puhlish
td
by
DON LD
MOORE
lo
r,
£ .STERN UN
IVERSITIES PRESS LTD.
SINGAPORE
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 2/68
irst
published in 1940 by
Australasian Publishing Co. Pty. Ltd
Sydney, Australw.
Second edition 1942
Third edition
1944
Fourth edition
1944
Fifth edition 1946
Sixth edition 1
95
2
Seventh edition 1956
published
y
Donald AIoo re Ltd.
MacDonald House, Orchard Ro
ad
Singapore 9
Eighth Edition 1959
published by Donald Moore for
EASTERN
UNIVERSITIES
PRESS
LTD
SINGAPORE
Printed and bound in Singapore y
Malaya Publ s hing House
Ltd
.
..
.
CONTENTS
Pr
eface
p
ge vii
Pronunciation
ix
Indones ian Malay x
Eng
li
sh Gra
mm
atical Terms xiv
Grammar
The Article
2
The Cardinal Numbers
4
The Cardinal Numbers Continued)
6
The Currency
8
The Time
10
The Calendar, Weights and Measur
es 2
The Noun 14
The Adjective , 16
The Adjectival u
se
of Nouns 18
Personal
and
Possessive Pronouns 20
Possessive Pronouns
an
d the Genitive Construction 22
The Interrogatives
24
The Verb: Imperative 26
The Verb: Present Ten
se 28
The Present Ten
se
fanned by the verb ada, to be 30
The Verb ada, to be 32
The Verb ada, to have 34
The Verb: Past Tense 36
The Verb:
Perfect Tense 38
The Verb sudah, to 6nish 40
The Verb: Future Tense 42
The Futu re Tense formed by
th
e verb mau, to want
44
Do,
Does, Did 46
Interrogation 48
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 3/68
ONTENTS
Grammar
Continued)
The Creation of Transitive from
Intransitive Verbs p ge 50
The Verb bikil;l, to make 5
Th
e Passive Voice
54
The Verb k ~ n a to incur
56
Adverbs 58
Adverbs of Place
60
Adverbs of Time 62
Affirmatives, Negatives and Prohibitives
64 .
Prepositional Prefixes to Adverbs of Place
66
The Preposition pada, at, to .
es
The Preposition dengan, with 70
The Preposition sarna, with; to
72-
Conjunctions
'14
The Conjunctions juga, also, and pula,
so,
then 76 .
Interjections and the Particles lab and pun 78
The Verb boleh, can, to be able 80
The Verb jadi, to become 82
Other Auxiliary Verbs 84
The Degrees of Comparison 86
Reflexive Pronouns and the Pronominal Suffix oya, its 88
IndeSnite Pronouns 90
Descriptive ClassiSers 92
Reduplication 94.
Compound Words 96
Formation of Nouns by Affixation 98
Derivative Verbs
100
The pm- and B ~ r PreSxes
102
The M6 and
PI
Derivatives 103
Malay Proverbs 104 ,
Malay Quatrains lOS
Syllabic Vocabulary
100
.
..
.
PREFACE
This elementary Malay handbook
is
based on a con·
densation of the hitherto accepted grammatical rules which
elucidate the general principles on which the language
is
built
up
and are
to
be
found
n
all the standard
European
works on the subject.
Though intended principally for English people who
propose to reside in Malaya and wish to learn to speak
Malay intelligibly and with a reasonable degree of accu
racy, it also serves those proceeding
to
Indonesia. _
The whole Seld of speech
is
covered
in
a series of Sfty
lessons each dealing with a different grammatical aspect
and exemplified by sentences
n
the accompanying exercises.
A vocabulary of ten words is given with each lesson and
is used progressively so that only those words which have
been mastered previously are employed
at
any particular
stage.
The rather copious notes deal with minor points of
grammar and idiom or the meanings of words and phrases
as well as with matters of general inter,es t and the slight
diHerences which exist between Malay as spoken in Malaya
and that current
n
Indonesia.
All the Malay words employed in this grammar will be
found in the word ruts of
its
companion volume, the Easy
Malay Vocabulary , which contains phonetic aids to pro
nunciation in addition to a glossary which enables
t
to be
used as a pocket dictionary of common Malay
words
whether English into Malay or vice versa.
Malay is, primarily, the language of the Malays inhabit
ing the east coast of Sumatra, the Malay Peninsula and
adjacent islands, and the west coast of Borneo. t is not
the speech of a nation but of a number of closely related
peoples and so has many minor dialectical diHerences and
variations
in
pronunciation.
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 4/68
PREFA
CE
The standard speech, which is ·understood by all the
educated classes and is the medium in which Malay
literature is composed, is the Riau-Johor dialect which was
spoken at the co
urt
of the Malacca Sultans.
To meet the need of a Jingua franca for commercial
purposes amon
gs
t a varied Malaysian population speaking
many diHerent though distantl y allied tongues, Mala.y,
owing to its simplicity, adaptability, aod recep
ti
vity to
new words, came to be adopted.
Being the language of a coastal p<.--ople it early came
into co
nt
act with foreign traders, religious teachers and
settlers, whe
th
er Indian, Arab, Chinese or European, and
absorbed something from each f
or the
easy condu ct of
the
daily affairs of Jife, and this process still continu
es.
To speak Malay properly a sense of balance and COrrect
intonation is necessary so that only short and simple
sentences should be employed.
Furth
ermore. as a Malay
word expresses an idea rather than any definite part of
speech
it
may be. used
3Jly
change in form in
different grammatical categones.
As
Malay is the sole common medium of communication
between the polyglot peoples of the Peninsula
n ~ o -
nesia it
is
advisable
in th
e course of conversation
Wlth
races other than Malay
to
avoid a too meticulous corr
ec t-
n
ess
of speech as a Malay himself under similar circu
m-
stances alwa
ys
tends
to
talk down to his interl
oc
utor s
level of intelligence or knowledge of his tongue.
viii
PRONUNCIATION
.Malay wh
en
rcndered phoncticall y
ill
Latin lettcrs
Roman
izcd
1\'l
aiay,
and
in
the English
sys
tcm of spelling
c
(except for ch , q v
and
J ar
e n
ot
employed.
VOWELS
is
ler
med
the letters
The
vow
els arc
give
n their continentll sounds,
so
thal_
a = all, e
=e
h, i = ee, o
=o
h, u
=oo.
In an
open
sy
llabic-unless it be
final
one when
it
is only half
long - the
vowel
is lo n
g,
but in closed syllable it is
always
short.
An
open
syl ab
le
is
one which ends in a
vowel,
w
hi
lst closed
syllable
is
one which ends
wi
th a consonant.
a long
as in
fatller; short
as in
part.
(H
is never pronounct d as th e
in
pan . but ratlier,
as
the
in pun·.
As
a 6nal Jetter
il remaill$
ullStressed
as in
lava . )
e long
as in
fete, or the
ey
in th
ey
; shorl
as
in
fen.
long
as in
litre or
Ih
e
ee
in
se t
; short
as in
lit.
o long as inbonc, or the ow
in
show; , llorl as
in
n lo
u
Ion. :
as in
l
udc,
or the
00
in
too;
short
as
in
pull.
( In a
~ l a l c 1 o ~ d
syllable it o
ft
en approximates
in
so
und to
0 ,
IIlId tJus
lctter is employed
be
fo
re
lz,
J:, ng,
and nowadays,
r at the end of a word
.)
• as the
er in
her, with the 1 not
t ~
or the e
in
tlJ:ell .
(The
atonic or toneless e
is
a short, indeterminate
vowel
m.<JIJ:ed by a breve, which
is
~ m o s t inaudible before an /
or an I,
e.g.
J:ifis, his or creese, and
s i l a d ~
sladang
or Indian bison. ) ,
CONSONANTS
The consonants
ar
c pronounced
as in
English.
f ~ p p e a r s on
ly
in
Joan
word
s and is usually replaced
by
p .
i is
al
ways
hard
as in go
and n
C\
cr likc the ,{
in
gin.
h
is
gently aspirated and
is
emphasized
as
a fi n
al
letter.
t
is
elided between
two
dissimi
lar
vowels
and is often dropped
as an
initial letter.
j as
in iam. t n
eve
r has a zh
sou nd as in
jabot.
k
as a final Ietter is enclitic, forming 3 glottal check or stop, the
prc
cc:dm
g
vowel
sound being abruptly shortened.
I
is enunciated clearly as in sin, and not
as
in h
is.
7.
appears
onlr in
loon y,."()rds
and is often corrupted to
T.
.
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 5/68
PRONUNC IAT ION
DOUBLE CONSONANTS
ch a s.iugle souud as in church, but nevet pronou nced as a k .
III a
si
ngle
sou
nd as
in
sing,
but
not the do ,ble g
as
in
.6nger
(fing ger).
ny
a single
$Ound as
the ni
in
onion,
or
the
n
i
ll
lIew.
.
DIPHTHO
NGS
au
as
in s;luerkraut, or the
ow in
now.
oi as in
aisle, or
th
e 'y'
in my. Ay
is similar
in wund
to
ai.
HYPHENS
Hyphens
ar
e used to separate a word from
w.
hich do not
form an mtegral p3rt of the word Itself or to jom duplicated words.
ACCENT
There is no strong accent, but the stress normall\' falls on the
penultimate sy llable unless this laUer ends
in
a short I , when the
emphasis
passes
on to the final syllable, i.e. JU
·mah
or - ~ - l a but
pl-ti and ol -g,·ri or ue-gfi. This rule applies to
wo
r
ds iu
their root
form, which
i s
gellerally disyllabic, and
d i s r r ? s
all affixes, but
duplicated words may be treated
as
a single onc,
I.C .
kuda-kuda.
ARABIC LOAN
WORDS
Anblc loon \\'()rds, though correctly
spelt,
are often
mis,IHo
nounccd,
as Malay is a soft·spoken language, and so the emphatic or strong
forms of h,
k,
sand t are disregarded.
The leiters
sh an
d t are commonly corrupted to s
The gultUr;1 s gh and k are often pronounced as rand k.
Th e sounds of dz dl and II all become
dz
or just z, d and 1.
The guttural ain ;s enunciated
as
a a,.
i
u.
The
ain , ~ C l s
are often g
i\ CI1
a slightly throaty quahty whIch
IS
transformed mto a
glottal check at the end of a word. They ma y be delloted in wriling
by all apostrophc over the vow
el
or
by
doubling thc lattcr ill the
midd le of a word when a
s l i ~ h t
hiatus sllould be observed between
the two vowels.
An apostropllc after a final vowel may denote all enclitic k.
MALAY SCRIPT
M3lay is also written, especially in ~ a l a
f r ~
g ~ t to left in an
adapted Arabic script lermed ,awi, whIch ~ l l I s th Irty-thr
ee
letters
in
Its alphabet, i ~ c 1 u ? i n ~ fi"e represent
eer
tam purely Malay sounds
which do not
exIS
t III the
01l. tlnal.
I,
•
I
,
PRONUNC
IAT IO
N
MALAY DIALECTS
In Sinppore the speech
of
lohore
is
prevalent, with traces of
Javanese inftnenee, owing fo its mix ed population.
In Malacca standard Malay is spoken but a linal 'ar' tends to tum
to 'au', i.e. babr, to bum, becom
es
bakau. ,
In Penang and Kedah the following cha
nges
take place;
(a) A
.6l1al 'a is broad, as ill ah , and not muted
(b)
A
linal
r
'
is given
a
s
hort th
roaty quality
lik
e
an
enclitic
'k', i.e. lIytT, water, becomes ayak, but when preceded
by
an
j th
e sound changes to 'ak' i.e. pikir, to think becomes
pikiak. ' ,
(c) A final '5' s articulated quicldv so that it Te5embles ' ih' i e
bins,
rice, becomes
b l
raih
_ . ,
. .
(d) A
fi
nal 'I' is changed iuto 'j', I
.e.
upa l, a ship becomes
bpai.
but when preceded
by
an 'i' the sound changes to 'e
i.e. btil, a bed, becomes kate. '
In Indonesia the following changes frequently occur;
(a) A final 'au' changes to 0 , a common Javanese ending i.e.
pulau,
an
island, becomes pulo. '
(b) A linal 'ai' changes to 'e', a cornman Javanese ending i
.e
.
ra mai, crowded. becomes rame. '
(cl
Th e a in a final closed syllable changes to 'e a Javanese
trait,
i.
e. ease,
becOmcs
$111'118, '
(d) As
in
Mala
ya, in
an unaccented
fir
st
sy
llable
an
'a' may
replace an 'i ' i.e. fnam,
six
. becomes anam.
(e) As in Malaya, the
vowe
ls
j
and
e
are interc
ha
nged, i,c.
sempall8,
a
cross
road, becomes
simpang
(f ) Al In Malaya, the vo\\'Cls 0 ' and
u
' are in terchanged i.e
ubat, medicine. becomes obat. ' .
(g)
A
final 'h' is omitted, i.e.
bodoh
stupid becomes 'bodo or
masch, sti
ll
, becomes masi . ,
(h) A linal '].;'
is
pronounced as such and is not enclitic whilst
an
'r'
is alwa ys
rolled. '
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 6/68
INDONES
IA
N MALAY
The Indonesian language is merely the form of Malay comm only
spoken in Indones
ia
, and is basically id entical with the language as
spoken in 1olalaya.
As true Malays form a mi nority of the total population, the
rcmainin, C Indonesian groups, each pOSSeSSing its own tongue, l
ea
rn
Malay on
ly
as :I. second language.
In consequence, loca l terms, Ja van ese, often replace the
Mab
y forms, and some Malay
"'"Ords
have become current which
are not ge nc
na
lly i l l use or unde rstood in Malaya, whilst a few minor
changes have occurcd in idiom.
Furthermore, owing to the long connect ion with
d l ~ n d
borrowed
Dutch words replace the E ngl ish ones employed in Malaya, though
ma ny arc similar in sound.
As the Bahasa Indonesia or Indonesia n tongue
is
now th e na tional
language,
it
has to
be
employed for all
th
e complex usages of modem
society, and in th
e
process much of
th
e
si
mpli
ci
ty of Malay speech
is
in ev itably lost,
DUTC I-I ROMAN IZED MALAY
The vowel ce , pronounced 00 , replaces the English u , having
the same sound.
It
also, occasionally, does duty for an
0
where the
sound
01 that
letter is indistinct,
but th
e modern Indonesian practice
is
to replace '<x wit h ei ther u or .
Owing to the presence in Dutch of the atonic e so und, pronounced
'el', the Malay toneless e is not indica ted as in the i s h Romanized
Malay
by
a
sh u
t
e ,
but the vowel e , pronounced eh ,
is
given an
acute accent thus,
l 11e letter
f
in
Dut
ch is pronounced
as
a 'r' in English.
The combination di is emploved to give the sound of the EnKl ish
j
', which is not found in
Dut
ch.
The combination
If
represents the soft 'ch' in church.
The double consonant
c
h , pronounced as in
lo h,
is used for the
'kll ' in
ce
rtain Arabic loan words.
The double consonant sf replaces the Ellglish sh'.
.;;
,
I N
DO
N E S
I AN MALAY
DUTCH ROMANIZED MALAY
oe = u
oro
: ;=
y
dj = j: tj = ch: ch = kh: sj = sh,
EXAMPLES
Dutch Romanized
doedoek
jan
g
djalan
tjoekoep
chabar
s
jahbandar
English Roman i
zed
dudok
yang
jalan
chukup
khabar
shahbandar
DUTCH
ROMANIZED
Meaning
to sit
who
to
walk
enough
news
the harbour
master
Socrat chabar jang dalam baha
sa
Mclajoc itoe boekan
sadja o c n t ~ k o r ~ g 2 jang. waktoe ini tinggal di
2
Singa
poera, tetapl kaml harap dJoega socpaja ia akan dibatja2
oleh
pendocdoek
di tan ah
Indon
esi
a.
MODERN INDONESIAN
. Surat chabar jang dalam
bah
asa Melaju itu bukan
sadJa.
untuk
orang2 jang
waldu
ini
tin
ggal di Singal)ura,
t
etap
kami harap djuga supaja ia akan dibatja olcn pen
duduk di tanah
Indoncs
ia.
ENG
LISH ROMANIZED
. Surat
khab
ar
yang dalam bah
asa a y u itu
bukan
sa)a ~ n t o k orang2. yang waktu ini tinggal di-Singapura.
t a p i krum harap Juga s
upaya
ia akan di ·
bacha
olch
dudok di-tanah
Indon
esia.
Thi s newspaper, in the Malay l
anguage
, is not only
for the people
wbo
at the mom
en
t reside in Singapore, but
we h
ope
also that it will
be read
by the inhabitants of
ln
donesia.
NOTES: 1. Th e numerol 2 means repea t, i.e. or.mg orang.
2. Certa in preposi
ti
ons and particles which in the Dutch
Romanized either stand alone or are telescoped ;lre
denoted
by
hyphens in the Eliglish Romanized version.
xiii
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 7/68
ENGLISH GRAMMATICAL TERMS
A Noun is a name and may be Singnlar (one) or Plural (ma uy) in
Number, and Mascnline (male) or Feminine (female) or Neuter (no
sex) in Gender.
An
Infl
exion
is any
change in the fOml of a word.
Case the relationship in which a noun stands to
ot
her words
in a sentence and md) be Nominative if it names the Subject, or
Objective
if
it
denotes the Object, or Possessi
ve
(
also
called
Ge
nitive)
if it indicates Ownership. The Indirect Object is said to be in
the Dative Case.
An Adjective describes or qualifies a Noun.
A Pronoun
is
a word used pro or for a Noun and is:
(a) Personal in the First Person (the speaker) or the Second
Person (the individual spoken to) or the Third Person (the
person spoken about),
(b) Demonstrative because it poin ts something out.
(e) Interrogative because it
asks
a question.
(d) Relative
as
it relates or refers to an antecedent.
(e)
In
definite as it is vague
in
expression.
f)
R
eflexivc
as it comes back on the subject.
A Verb is a
..,, Ord
which
says
something and expresses action, state
or possession, and ma y be Transitive
or
Intransitive as the action
passes
on to an Object or not.
Auxiliary Verbs help the main Verb to form Tenses.
Tense is
the Present, Past or Future time of an action.
The Peifect Tense compounded of have and 3 Past Participle
denotes completed action at the time of speaking, whilst the Pluper.
fect wi th had indicates completion previous to some past action
or time.
Mood
is
the mode of using a Verb and may be Im pera ti ve if a
command, Of Infinitive if not limited by a Subject.
Voi
ce
indicates whether the Subject of a Transitive Verb is the
doer of alli action
or
is the one who suffers it, the Verb bei ng
in
the
Active or
Pa
ssi
ve Voice accordingly.
A Present Participle
is
a Verbal·Adjective ending in ing , which,
if used as a Noun,
is
called a Gerund.
A Past Participle
is
a verbal form of completed action.
An Adverb
is
a word added to a Verb, Adjective, or another
Adverb to modify ib meaning, and may
be
compared ill the Com.
parative (more) or Superlative (most) Degree.
A Preposition is placed pre or before the Noun wh ich it governs
to show the relatiollsllip to a preceding word.
A Conjunction joins words, phrases alld clauses.
xiv
\
L SSONS
,.
(
)
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 8/68
2
M L Y M D E E S Y
LESSON 1
Th
e Article
There is no article such as ' a' or 'the' in Malay.
To indicate a definite object the demonstrative adjec·
tives ini, thi
s,
and itu. that, which remain unchanged in
the plural, are employed and should follow the
wora
they
qualify.
VOCABULARY
this, these
ini
a ship
kaput
that
, those itu
a house
rumah
a person, a man
oran
g
a carriage
kc
reta
sir, master,
M,.
twm a shop
kedaio
gree tings
tabek
a box
pe
ti
NOTES ON EXERCI
SE
· A wo rd marked with an asterisk, though it m
ay
be
known in some
par ts, especially Sumatra, is
not
curren t generally in Indonesia
I
), and
can be replaced by anotllcr word to be found in tIle syllabic vocabulary
at the
end
. .
I.
ini ,
this here; itu, that there, that refened to before. In bazaar'
Malay the demonstratives frequen tly p recede
th
e noun they qualif
y,
but
this constru
ct
ion
is
not recommendcd.
lui
and itu are often shortened
by M alays to ni and tu.
2. Mem, ma'am, madam, a Emopean lady, Mrs.
It is
used of the
lady of the house and implies t
he
ma
rried
sbte.
In Indones ia Nyonya,
Mrs., whether European or Olinese.
3
Nouns remain unchanged in the plural. (Lesson 7.)
4.
In Ja W warong, a stall, a booth, kld
e,
a
S l U ~ l 1
shop.
,
.
(.
,
.
I
). Both t
he
words Tuan and Mem, in Malaya. connote Europeans, I'
bu t Tuan, Mr
.,
is al
so
employed in addressing certain respected classes
of Malays and Indonesians.
6. Misi, Miss, a young European girl or unmarried woman. In
Indonesi.l
No
na , Miss, EUTOI>C3n or Cbinese, noni, a litt le girl, sin ,o,
a young European boy.
7. Tabek, good-day, respects. The usual form of salubtion
be
tween
Europeans and Mala
ys
or other Asians. I i
M L Y
M A
DE
E S Y
EXERCISE
The ship.
Th
e house.
The
shop.
Thi s carriage.
Th
at bo
x.
Thi
s
pe r
son.
Th
at person.
Th
ll
Master.
The Mistress (Madam).
Th
ose bo
xes
.
These
shop
s.
Th
at Europ
ea
n
gen
tleman.
This Europea n lady.
Th
e
young lady
(Miss).
This man here.
The houses referred to.
Mr. Brown.
Mrs.
Smith.
A
ca
rriage, Sir
Greetings, Madam
M
M
.
I : . -2
Kapal.
Rumah.
K ~ d a i
K ~ i e t a ini.
pai
itu,
Orang
ini,t
Orang
itu.
1
Tuan.
Mem.
2
P ~ t P itu.
Kcdai
4
ini.
Tuan
5
itu.
Mem
5
ini.
Misi.
6
Orang
ini.
Rumah itu.
Tuan Brown.
Mem
Smith•
K ~ r e t a Tu:m
Tabek
,7 Mem
3
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 9/68
4
M L Y
M ADE
EASY
LESSON 2
The
Cardinal Numbers.
Numera1s precede the nouns to which they refer.
VOCABULARY
one
satu
s
c
anam
two
dua
seven
tujoh
tlu ee
tiga
eight d ~ l a p a n
four ampat nine
sembilan
five lima
ten
sa-puloh
NOTES ON EXERCISE
1. Th
e indefinite article a, meaning one,
ma
y
be
exp
re
ssed,
if
necessary,
by
the numeral satu
t
one, 0'
[
which
sa is
a contJ3ction.
Sa
a, when hyphenated or fanning the initial
~ l a b l e
of certain com:
pound words
is
pronounced
I
and in Indo
ne
s
ia
written so,
i.e.
sfpulob. ten.
2. Onlng, a person,
is
used as a classi fier for human beings and
precedes the word
it
qualifies (Lesson 46). It
may
be left out
altogether
OJ foll
ow with a nume
ral.
e.g. Mem dua orang, two ladies
or ladies,
two
of them. •
3.
Written dllapan, but always
ca
ll
ed
lap;n in Malaya.
4. An adjective follows tIle nOUll
it
qualifies (Lesson B .
Oomg Ingglris An Englishman
Orang
m e r i k ~ n An
Am
eT
i
ca
n (also Marikan)
Onlllg
Bi l
anda A
Dutchman
Ofllng J rman
A
German
·Ofllng
P l f l l n ~ h i s
A
Orang
Rusia A
Russian
Orang
PortugiJ A
Portuguese
Orang Eropah A European
Orana:
Yahudi
A
OraD& Mllayu
A Malay
'
Orang
Jawa
A Ja
vanese
Orang China A Chinese (also Tionghoa, I
)
Orang
Blnna
A B u n n ~
Orang Selon A
Ceylonese
Orang Siam A S i a m ~ s e a
Thai
Orang J'pun A
Ja
panese (also
pang, I.)
Orang Thrki A T u
rk
5.
Orolllg
MIla,
·u, or
Mlla
yu, Malays,
but it is usual to
insert
oromg, folk, w h ~ n talking of a race of people.
: oJ
,
.
.
M L Y
. M ADE EASY
A carriage.
A box
A
gentleman.
One
person.
A
person.
A young lady.
Two ladies . .
Three carriages.
Four houses.
Five ships.
These
six boxes.
Those seven shops.
These· eight houses.
Those nine Europeans.
Ten English
people.
Three American girls.
A Dutchman.
Two
Germans.
A French gentleman.
Europeans.
EXERCISE
Satu'
k ~ r e t a .
Satu ~ t
Satu Tuan.
Satu orang.
Sa1:-orang.
Sa-orang
2
Misi.
Dua
2
Mem.
Tiga k ~ r e t a .
Ampat rumah.
Lima
kapal.
Anam pa-i ini.
Tujoh kMai
itu.
D ~ l a p a n rumah I.D.I.
Sembilan Tuan itu.
Sa.puIoh orang
Inggb'
is.·
Tiga Misi Amerikan.·
Sa.orang Belanda.·
Dua
orang Jennan.·
Satu Tuan
Pernnchis
,'
Orang
Eropah.
5
5
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 10/68
6
M A L A Y
M A
DE EASY
LESSON 3
The Cardinal Numbers (Continued).
The cardinal numbers from ten on are formed perfect1y
regularly by the use of the wo rd ~ I a s representing teen'
in English, e.g. six-teen, and the word puloh, which
stands for a unit of tens and is equivalent to ty in
EngHsh, e.g. six-ty.
Hundreds
and thousands a
re
denoted
by th e words ratus and ribu respectively.
eleven
twelve
thirteen
nventy
thirty
VOCABULARY
sa-W]as l one hundred sa-ratus
,
dua-bElas I wo hundred dua ratus
etc. one thousand sa-ribu
du
a-puloh
I
wo thousand .
dua
ribu
tiga-puloh, e t
c.
, a time, an occasion kali
NOTES
ON
EXE
RCISE
E. An
}
English word 11 its first ap pClI
l llnce
in Malay is marked
with an 'c', As ma ny of these words, modified to suit the Malay
tongue, now fo rm pa rt of the language, they are spel l as pronounced
and marked
(Eo),
whilsi Dutch words absorbed, similarly in to
Indonesian Malay are marked
(D . . •
1.
Lorong or gang (D .), a lane.
~ l a n ,
a
rood.
Kampong, a v
illa
ge.
Desa ,
a ru
ra
l haml
et
in J
ava.
R
oods
arc u
sua
lly called
by
their official
names. but Malays prefer place names where extant, e
.g. Kam
pollg
J
awa,
Arab Street (Singapore).
2. The
al
phabet
is
given its Engl
ish
sounds
in
Malaya. Hump, a
letter of the alphabet. Hump Roman, the
utin
letters. Hump Jawi,
Arabic characters. Rumi, romanized.
3.
The
conjunction 'and'
is
omitted in enumerating.
In calling out large u m ~ , nonnal srs
1em
is employed of
sa rmg one, five. seven, satu, lIma, tUlOh, for J, 7, or
S3.·
Wl
as
aDam.
pulob tu joh, for eleven sixty ·seven and satu, kosong, tujoh for 107.
KOSOIl8, void. Sipir or nul (D.), nought. Juta or mil yun . , 'a million.
Angka, a numerical symbo
l.
AlIg
ka
dna, the figure two.
5.
Norubor sa tu, numbe r one, is also a colloquialism for
first
.rate.
K satu or
Ub
s nombor satu, first ·class. The ordinal numbers
Shoe
the numerical order and are adjectives.
6. To
cr
ea
te ordinals, place the
wo
rd nombor, number before the
requ
ir
ed cardinal number, e.g.
1I0mbor
saw,
first; DOmoor
dna
,
second,
etc. (Lesson 19, Note 6.)
..
M A L A Y M A D E E A S Y
7
EXERCISE
These fourteen.
Fifteen ship s.
Tw
enty-one shops.
Thi
rty-three carriages.
Number' forty-fi
ve.
House number fifty-four,
Burma Lane,
Shop number seventeen 'A',
Rochore Road.
Carriage number one hun
dred and
s
six teen.
Motor-car number one thou
sand hvo hundred and
sixty-seven.
Nineteen Arab Street (Kam
pong Java), Singapore.
Tw
o ·thousand Russians.
Fifty-one thousand three
hundred and eighteen
Chinese.
Number one.
Fi rst-class.
A second-class c'l.rriage.
This hvelfth Siamese over
here.
Once.
Twice cleven.
Thirteen times.
A lhousand occasions.
Ampat-bNas IIU.
Lima-bN
as
kapal.
Du a-puloh satu kedai.
Tiga-puloh tiga kereta.
Nombore ampat-puloh lima.
Rumah nombor lima·puloh
ampat, Lorong
l
Benna.
KMai nombor tu;oh·belas
A
,2
Jalan
1
Rochoh.
Kereta nombor sa-ratus
anam-belas.
Moto-kart' nombor sa-ribu
dua ratus anam - putoh
tu;oh.
4
S nbilan - belas Kampongl
Jawa, Singapura.
Dua ribu orang Rusia.
Lima-puloh satu ribu tiga
ratus
d t ' l a p a n - b ~ l n s
orang
China,
Nombor satu,5
Kclas
e
sntu. I
Kereta, kelas nombor dua.
Orang Siam nombor dua-
belas ini.
Satu kali.
Du
a kali
s a - ~
Tiga-Mlas kali.
Sa-ribu kali.
,.
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 11/68
8
M A
LAY M ADE
E
AS
Y
LESSON 4
The CUlTency.
The local currency is the Malayan dollar.
VOCABULARY
a dollar ringgit
the price, cos t
a quarter
suku' a debt, to owe
a half
n g a h wages
money
wang
expenses, outlay,
an account, a
bill,
spend
to calculate
kirn
the rent, to
hire
NOTES ON EXERCISE
harga
hulang
ga
ji
to
lW lanja
sewn
o
The
s
ign 0 ' agai
nst an English word denot
es
that
it
is
to be
omitted in the Malay translation,
I .
I ll
I)ll
,
-how much? is the normal
way
of aski
ng
the price.
Blrap;I harga, what's the cost? (Lesson 12, Note 2.)
2. In Indonesia ongk
os
(D.).
ou
tlay,
co
st, char
ge
,
ta riff.
3 Dwt (D.),
a
doit, money . is not much used in Indon
esia
- in
it stands, for ;I cent' whereas in Singapore it means qua;ter.
cent Piece.
~ I t s.;
n, sma
ll
change, coppers. Siling (E.), a shill ing,
small change
III
sl
lI cr ,
Van
g tu
na i or kontan (D.), cash re: dy
money.
1. Sa-tl ngah, a half, from ngab, middle. Europeans when
or
de
ring a half tot of whisky with soda, often ask for a 'stenga'h' only
th
e res t being understood. '
5. The
Indonesian
ru
p
ia
h or
fl
orin is
Cll ll
ed rupiah Indones ia Or
ringgit Ja
wa
in Malaya , wh
il
st the Indian
ru
pee is kn own
as
the
rupiah
Bl
ngga la
fr
om Beng
al
, a loo
se
te
nn
'foT Hindia, India.
6
.. Sa
-kupang, a ten
-cent
piece in Penang, or
sa
-pichis in Indon
es ia
.
Mul
ti
pl
es
up to a dollar are expressed
th
us: T IP kupang. thirty cen
ts
lima Impang
dn
a duit. lifty-two
ce
n
ts_
•
7. a
tu suku . a qu2Ter ', 2) cen
ts
. In Indonesia sa-plJ.nllpat or
sa-tali, a 'quarter' . (Lesson 19, Note 6.)
8_
Malay or related wo
rd
s wh ich are current in the language as ·
spoken in Indon
es
ia ,
but
not readily unders tood in Malaya
aT
C
marked as Indon
es
ian or (\.). '
•
M A L A Y
M AD
E E A
SY
9
EXERCISE
Price, three dollars.
A de
bt
ofo twe
lv
e cent
s.
Expenses, a dollar.
One dollar and ninety
cents.
Seventy-five cen
ts
wages.
Small change (s ilver).
A
ten-cent silver piece.
A fi ve-dollar note.
Ten dollars cas
h.
Half a rupiah (o r rupee).
A
dollar and a quarter.
Two dollars and a hal
f.
A
bill forO thirty cents.
Half a lemonade.
Half the people.
Three quarters of the cost.
Hire, twenty-
fi
ve cents.
Expenditure, one dollar and
three quarters.
Seven Indonesian Dorins.
Rent, eleven dollars and
eighty-four cents.
Harga,1 tiga ringgit
Hutang
d u a - ~ l a s
sen.
B ~ I a n j a sa-ringgit
Satu ringgit sbnbilan-puloh
sen.
e
Tujoh.puloh
lima
sen gaji.
Du i
t3 si ling.
e
Si Iingl sa·
pu
loh sen.
Note lima ringgit.
Wang
3
sa-puloh ringgit.
S a . t ~
rupiah.
i
Sa.ringgit suku.
Dua ringgit a - t ~ g a h .
Kir
a
tiga-puloh sen.
a
Sa_toogah
4
lamnit.e
Sa-tengah orang.
Tiga suku harga.
Sowa, satu suku.
T
BM anja, sa •
ringgit
tiga
sul..-u .
Tujoh rupiah Indonesia
.
Sewa, sa-bi las ringgit d ~ l a -
pan.puIoh ampat sen.
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 12/68
10
M A L A Y
M A D E E A S Y
LESSON 5
Th e.
Time
There
is a standa
rd
time for
the
whole 'of Malaya which
is
seven and a half hours ah
ead
of Greenwich mean
time, while Java time is eight hours ahead.
VOCABULARY
an hour, a clock
jam
the daytime
siang
to strike, o'clock
pukul
a nig
ht
malam
th
e mo
rning
pagi
to-morrow
bowk
the aftemoon
~ t n g ·
the day after
a day
hari
to-moceow
Ius.
d a y
kelmarin
NOTES
ON
EXERCISE
L Pukul dua, struck two. Pukul, to belt
t,
to hit, and so o'clock or
time is
inVllria
bly inserted when stating the hour. l'ukul ildrapa,
what's the time? Jam Wrapa, what's the hour? Pukul dua or jam dua
(L
), two
o'clock.
2. Or pag i·
pagi
, the ea rly morning. (Lesso n 47 ),
3 T6ngah bari, mid.oay.
Tlngal
l malam, midnigh
t.
Malam bari.
night.time. Han, a day, is often added where in English 'time' is
used. Had lusa (I.), tile day after t
o·
morrow. Tempo hari (I. ), the
other day. Tempoh, t ime.
4
Sa. malam, a nig
ht
ago, is used for bst night and yesterday but,
in
the latter case, to
av
o
id
confusion
the
word siang, daytime,
is
often added. Malam 'malam, last
night.
S. KeIrnarin or
Um
arin
is
sometimes
used in
the sense of
the
other day' or 'some da) S ago'. Kllmarin dahulu, the day before
yesterday. DahuJu, pronounced du]u, previous.
6 Jam,
at
the hour of,
is
sometimes added. J
am
ini,
at this
t ime,
now. Jam itu,
at
that period, then. ,am, a
wa
tch. In Indonesia
arloii (D.)..
a
watch; lonehellg, an alaml·dock.
7. lni hari, or hari illi, to-day. In; maJam or mal:lln ini, t
o.
night.
Both forms are used by Malays nO\vadays.
8.
T iga suku or lisa IN rampat (I.), three quarters - a way of
e s s i n g
the end of the thi
rd
quarter cif an hour.
9. Plt:ang or SOre (I.), afternoon, is employed up to and including
six o'
cl
ock,
af
ter whicll malam
is
used for evening or night.
In
Islamic
countries the day commences at sunse t, six p.m., and lasts unt il
su
ndown on the following evening.
10 lAbeh, more. over, past . Liwat I.), past, after, late.
II
. Kurallg, less, short, minus.
841111 , co
rrect, exact.
-
M A L A Y M A D E E A S Y
II
EXERCISE
Five minutes
seconds.
and
forty Lima minite
ampat-puloh
A
quart
er of
an
hour.
Half an hour.
Thr
ee
quarters oro an hour.
One hour and a half.
Two o'clock of a morning.
Eight-twenty a.m.
y e s ~ e
day.
Four-thirty p.m. this day
(half past four to-day).
Twelve noon, the day after
to-morrow.
To-morrow in° the daytime.
Midnight Jast night.
Yesterday, during o the day.
The
day before yesterday
at
the
hour of
11.27 in
O
the mornin
g.
A
quarter past
O
one to-day.
AtO
9.25
this evening (to-
night).
The da y after to-morrow
at
O
3.45 I
) in
0 the
afternoon.
At
O
seven o'clock to-night.
In ° the daylight
at·
five
minutes after five.
seken.
e
Suku jam.
S a t ~ n g a
j
am-
Tiga suku
jam_
Sal:u
jam
s a - t ~ n g a h
Puku}l
dua pagi.
2
Pul.
ul d ~ l a p a n duu - puloh
pagi, keimarin.
Pukul ampat sa -
tblgah
~ t n g
hari
ini.
Pukul
dua
- belas
t ~ D g a h
harP lusa.
Besok siang (or siang hari
8
) .
Tcngah nlaJam' sn-maJam.
4
K e l m a r i n
siang.
Kelmarin d a h u l u
j
am
6
pulcul
s a - b ~
dua·puloh
tujoh pagi.
Puk
ul
satu suku
ini
hari,'
Pukul sembilan duu-puloh
lima malam ini.
Lusa pukul tiga tiga sulcus
~ t a n g .
Pukul tujoh ini malum.
7
Siang, pukul lima
l ~ b e h
lima minit.
A quarter
to
1ess)
six
terda y evening.
yes- Pukul
aDam
kurang
suku
kelmurin malam.
At the hour of ten exactl y.
Jam pukul sa-puloh
bltul.
l
.
,
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 13/68
12 M A L A Y M A D E EASY
LESSON 6
The Calendar, Weights and Measures.
The six days of the week from Monday to Saturday
are expressec\
by
the numerals one to six preceded by the
word hari, a day. The twelve months of the year from
January onwards ar
c known by the numerals one to
twelve preceded
by
the word
bulan
, a month.
a week
a month. a moon
a year
.a foot, a leg
a mile, a stone
VOCABULARY
minggu
around
bulan tall, high
tahun long
kaki broad
batu heavy, weight
NOTES ON EXERCISE
k<liling
tinggi
panjang
lebar
berat
1. Han minggu, the Lo
rd
's Day. Sunday, from the Portuguese
'domingo', lo
rd.
Ha
ri
juma'at, Friday. the Mos lem sabbath.
Ar.1bic
names fo r the days of the week arc in USC as
follows;
Sunday, etc.,
Aha< ,
Sfnen
.
Si1W1,
Rabu. Kamis,
Jlmahat
, Sabtu (Sa
ptu
).
Th
e
cvtning of any day is expressed by placing malam, night, before the
name of the following da
y,
e.g. malam Ahad, Saturday night. (Lesson
),
Note 9.)
2. Arabic months are employed for religious purposes, the best
known being Ramadan, or
BuulIl
puasa, the fasting month.
Puasa,
to
fast. Mubarram corresponds to January. The Dutch names for months
are cUlTent in Indonesia and English ones are becoming common in
Malaya.
3. S:I-hari bulan, the first (one) day of the month . <Ardinal
numbers are used with hari bulan and
bngal
(I ), the date. Tanggal
tiga
April (I. ), the third of April.
4. Tahun, of the year, is always inserted in Maby. The Islamic
tunar calendar
is st
ill
used
in
some Malay States, but the cumulative
loss of cleven days as com pared with a solar year makes it unsuitable
for ge neral purposes . 1939 A.D. corresponds to 1358 A.H . (Anno hegin,
A.D.
622).
5. Eta, an ell, :I
ya
rd . In Indonesia the metric system
is
in force.
Dlp
a. a fathom. btu
,
a mile,
from
milestones.
6. Or sa-tllogah ampat
\cali,
3Y z
ft.
In this idiom sa-tlngab
is
half
a unit less than the gi\'Cn cardinal number, e.g. pukul sa-tlngah ampat
Cr
), half past three o'clock.
7. Gelen, a gallon, of petrol. Th e th ree Malay weights and
measures in commOn use are: Kati, a catty (\ ; lb.) , for vegetables,
meat and fish. Pikul, a pi
ett
IB ; lb.), fo r firewood and rubber.
Ganbng,
a g:mtan
g,
a ~ l I o n or bushel. Cbupak, a qllart holds about
2 lb. of
rice.
I :.
,
,
,
.
M ALAY
M ADE EASY
13
EXERCISE
Monday (Srst day).
Tuesday morning.
Saturday afternoon.
Sunday midday.
January (first month).
The
Srst ofo April of
that
year.
The first
day
of January.
Wednesday
the fourth
of
June.
Friday the twenty-Sfth
of
December., Christmas
Day.
Thursday th
is
week.
Saturday night (European).
The
fourteenth of
February
of the year nineteen hun
dred
,and thirty.
The night of the fourteenth
(or the full moon).
August this year.
Twenty yards long.
Two
feet three
and
a
quarter
inches wide.
A mile
round
and
thr
ee
and
a
haW
leet
high.
Sixty pounds weight.
A
hundred
ton ship.
The price of six gallons.
Hari satu.
Hari dua pagi
.
Had anam ~ t a n g
Hari. minggu tblgah hari.
Bulan satu.'
Sa-hari
b u l a n bulan
ampat,
tabun itu.
Satu hari bulan
3
Janu
ari.
2
Hari
tiga,
ampat
hari bulan,
bulan anam.
Hari
lima,l dua-puloh lima
hari bulan,
bulan
dua-
~ I a s Hari Kismis.e
Harl
ampat, minggu ini.
Han anam, malam.
1
A m p a t - b ~ l a s
hari
bulan,'
bulan du a
, tahun4 sa-ribu
s ~ m b i l a ratus tiga
pulo t.
Malam
ampa
t-bel
ns
hari
bulan.-
Bulan
d ~ l a p a n tahun
ini.
Dua-puloh
panjang.
Dua
kaki tiga inchl
e
suku
lebar.
Satu
b a t u
5celiling;.
t p
kaki sa_tengah
6
tinggi.
Anam-puloh
paun
e
bb"at.
XapaJ, sa-ratus tan.
e
Harga anam gelen.
T
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 14/68
14
M A L A Y M A D E EASY
LESS
ON
7
Th e Noun
The Malay noun undergoes no inBexion to denote
gender, number or case.
The sexes can be distinguished,
if
necessar
y, by
the
addition of the words janhm. male, and benna, female.
pl
aced
after the word they
qu
alify.
Nu
m
ber
is determined from the contex
t.
(Lesson 47,
Para. 2.)
VOCABULA.RY
a
woman p u n
a fowl
.yam
a child
anak
an ox, a cow
~ m b u ·
a youth
hudak·
a horse
kuda
a hu sband Inki
a sheep, a
goa
t kambing
a wue
bini
a pig babi
NOTE:; ON EXERCISE
1.
Jantan is in ge n
era
l
usc
for 'a man', but laki·laki or orang
laki
(1. ),
a man, is more polite.
Laki (I. ), mal e.
2. Perlmpuan (I. ), female, is politer than Wtina, for 'a woman',
and can ' be ; wife ' .
}st.ri
t
a wife, in polite circl
es.
3. Anak
jant
or l I a k laki (
1.
), a
so
n, '; r
ea
l man', Anak
plrimpuan
, a daughter. Anal.: dalll or
p l'lI wan
(I. ), a maiden, a
vi
rgin. Dam, virgi nity. Anak t' runa , a bachelor. ADak orang, other
people's children, especially daug
ht
ers.
1. Budak, a ) outhful person, s used for you ng children of either
se
x, and
also
for a go lf caddy or tenn
is-
ball
boy.
Budak
(I.),
a s
laye
.
In Indonesia
ka
cho
ng
, ;I
Ooy, you
ngster.
5. Anak, a child,
\\Che
n placed before the name
of
any creature
m
ear.s
the )'Qung of that species. Anak
aya
m, a young ch icken, a
chick. An2k kambing, a kid, a lamb.
6. U$ually only goats are kept in Mala)'a so that kambing covers
both goats and sheep. Biri·biri or domba (I.). a sheep.
7.
Sapi
(r.), 3n
ox.
In
Malaya, min
ya
k sapi,
beef
suet.
8.
Dna laki bin.i
, man and wife. Anak bini, a family.
9. Anak, a son of, a nat
ive
o
f.
Anak Mllayu, a Mala
y.
Anak
Menang·kabil u, a n3ti
ve
of Minangkabau, in Sumatra, the cradle of
the Malay
r:J
ce, whence many
mi
grated to found th e States of Negri
Sembilan , where matriarchy is in force.
I
'
>
}
f
t
,
M A L A Y M A D E E A S Y
15
EXERCISE
A male person.
Females.
A
woman.
Th
ese fo ur women.
Three son
s.
Two
daughters.
Th
at girl .
A yo ung lad.
A
cock.
Six
hen
s.
T
we
lve chicks.
This stallion.
A
bull.
Ten cows.
Th
e cost of
°
a kid.
A young boar .
Th
e value 0( ° a fo al.
Ten calves.
A husband and
°
wife.
Arabs, a married couple.
A wife
a
nd
o
child .
Seven gir ls (
daugh
ters).
A
boy (male child).
A c;ouple of
0
men.
Th s Malay.
,
Orang
jantan.
1
Orang
b ~ t i n
Satu ~ r ~ p u n
Ampat orang b ~ t i n mi.
Tiga
anak jantan.
s
Dua
anak
~ t i n a
3
Budak
¢ r ~ m p u n
itu.
Sa·orang
budak
jantan.
4
Satu ayam jantan.
Anam ay
am
t i n a
Dua-beJas anak aynm s
Kuda jnntan ini.
Lembu janlan.
Sa-puJoh l ~ m b u b
l
tinll.
Harg
ll
l O a ~
kambing.
6
AnaK babi
jilOta
n.
Harga nnak
k u d l l
Sa.puJoh anak ~ m b u
Laki bini.
Orang Arab.
dUll
Jilki bini-s
An
ak bini.'
Tujoh anak perempuan
3
•
Sa·orang anak
jan
tan
.
Dua orang laki.laki .
t
Anak l\{( layu' ini.
,
- ..
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 15/68
16 M A L A Y M A D E E A S Y
LESSON 8
The Adjective.
Adjectives
are
indeclinable and follow the substantives
which they
qua
lif
y.
The demonstrative adjectives, when employed in con
junction with a noun and a quaJifying adjective, follow
the attribu te.
large
small
old (of living things)
young
hot
VOCABULARY
b ~ r cold, cool
ki chil black
tua
muda
panas
white
old, a long time
new
NOTES ON EXERCISE
I. Bini mud: , a young wife, also a secondary wi fe.
sejok
hitam
puteh
lama
bah ,
Z In
Indonesia Sljok means coo l and dingin, cold, chilly.
3.
Or.ang lama, an
old person or hand. in contradistinction to an
orang baham, a new person or comer, a novice. Baham
is
pronounced
baro.,
as
Malays often omit for euphony the ha syllable in words
derived from Sa nskrit.
4. Orang puteh, a whi te man, a European, sometimes restricted in
Malaya to English people. the nationality being stated in other cases,
e.g . orang n d o n ~ an Indonesian.
5.
Harl Wsa r, a creat day, a festive occasion, a festival.
6. BIs:H, main, chief, head . Orang Wsar, an important person.
Tu:.tQ
Wsar, the llead of a
6nn
or office or department.
Boy
bIsar,
the head 'boy' or scrvan t , a head waiter.
7. Orang klehil, a little man, a man of no consequence or humble
birth. Tuan klchil, a European junior or assistant.
Boy
klchil
shortened to 'Kichi' is used by Europeans for a help. Klchil
is pronounced klchi in
Maia)'1l
.
8. House servants arc called 'Boy' irrespective of age. In Indonesii
jongos (D.). boy, youngster,
is
employed Similarly for a servant,
steward, or waiter. Bujang (I ), a servant.
9. Auak kk hil, a small child. a baby. Bayi
(
I
),
a baby.
10. Distinguish between hu
ang
bam ini, this n
eiv
debt, and ini
hutang bam, this (pronoun)
is
a new debt.
J
,
,
,
,
M A L A Y M A D E E A S Y
EXERCISE
A large hotcl
A small glass.
An
old woman.
A
yo
ung wife.
A
hot day.
A cool
night.
This black horse.
That white fowl.
An old hand.
The
new master.
A white person.
A holiday to-morrow.
The eldest child.
The
(European) manager.
A small person.
The
head servan
t.
A little child (baby).
An under house-servant.
Those old houses.
These old oxen.
A European assistant.
An
important personage.
A European newcomer.
Big wages.
A fresh debt.
Hotel
e
bcsar.
~
k ~ c h i I
Perbnpuan
tua.
Bini
muda.
1
Hari panas.
Malam sejok,2
Kuda hitam
ini .
Ayam puteh itu.
Orang lama.'
Tuan bam.
s
Orang puteh.
4
Harl bC
sar '
besok.
Anak
tua
.
Tuan bl1sar.
tI
Orang k ~ c h i J 1
Bo
yS
b ~ s a r
Anak (bebi
8
.
Boy
k ~
Rumah l
ama itu
.
Umbu
tua in i
.
Tuan kechil.
7
Orang besar."
Orang puteh baru.
3
Gaji
~
Hutang
baru.
o
17
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 16/68
M L Y l \ l DE
E S Y
LESSON 9
The
Adjectival
us
e of Nouns.
Nouns denoting materials or place can be used ad
jectivally by placing the qualifying noun after the subject.
VOCABULARY
water ayer
a place,
a stand Wmpat
wood kayu a room bilek
o
fire, a light api
a
market pasar
a
plank papnn
a
fence, a hedge
pagar
iron
bt' :
i
a
country negt' ri
XOTES ON EXERCISE
I
R U U J ~ h
b ~ h l ,
a stone or brick· built house. P ~ p m b;Jtll, ;] sh te.
2
Kapal api, (lit.) a fire.ship, a stcamer. (Lesson is.)
3. K4reta alIi, (lit.) a fire·carriage, a train, the
railll-ay.
i . Bilek ayer, a wash·room, water closet. In Indonesia kamar 0
1
a room, replaces bilek and ka ntor (D.),
a
counting-house is
used
for
office, etc K a l 1 l ~ r k6c hil,
a
\\I e Kantor polisi, a police-station.
Kautor kawat, telegraph office. Kawat, wire. Kantor d
n:m
(D.),
a
custom house.
S K4teta kuda, a horse carriage, a glwrry ()r closed·in lwrse l-'e1licle,
the ponics for wh ich come fWII1 Deli. Sumatra .
6. Tahull bam, the New Year. Tahull lama, the old year last
year.
Th
e Chinese New Ycar, ()ld s t ~ l e ocenrs between J:muary'20th
and Febnwry 20U
.
7. Jam
Wsar
, any large public clock, a clock·loln'r.
8
I u lau Pinang, Penang island, the capital of Ilhieh, George town,
is called Taniong, the capc, by Malays.
9.
Or h\l13b, land. Tanah Ingg4ris, England. Tanah 13\ : , Java.
T al13b aycr, territory, nativc land.
10. Allak neglri China, a nativc of
alina.
l'-'egeri, a country, when
followed and qualificd
by
the namc of any
race.
denotes
the
land
()f
the people referred to. Nlgeri
Kl lin g. \bdras.
Auak negeri
Keling. a Ilatil'c of Madras. Nigeri Siam, Thailand.
I I .
Tempa t , a receptacle, a 11older. is used
in
the formation of
many compound words, e.g. telllpat sireb, a sirih-box, containing
c l < h e w i n ~ requisites,
in
cluding sireh, betel·leaf; pinang, areca·nut;
gambir, gambit'T; kapor, lime.
12 . ArCf b:ttu, solidified water, icc. Ais (E.) or cs (D.), ice. Aycr C$
(I.), iced W:Iter.
1
3.
Or paia k, a market in Penang. (D.),
:I
mou()poly.
1.-1ALAY
M D E
E S Y
19
EXERCISE
A large stone building. Rumuh butu
b ~ s a r .
A sm
ull
plank house. Rumah papan
k ~ c h i .
An old iron fence. Pagar
bt' :si
lama.
The black wooden
box.
p ~ t i kayu hitam itu.
This British steamship. Kapal
api2
In
ggcris ini.
The
Kedah mail-train. Kcre ta api3 mel" KMnh.
TIle new washroom. Bilek aycr4 baru.
A
hackney horse·carriage. Kcreta kuda
ll
sewn.
That
Kereta Iembu Mclayu itu.
The Malacca lighthouse.
A Johore
~ [ a l a y .
E ng
li
sh money.
A China-born Chinese.
~ I a d r a s cattle.
A small Deli pony.
A receptacle
forO
ice.
A place forO fjrc.wood.
A stand forO ten taxis.
A Javanese sir
m-
set.
Th e new jam-dish.
A broad black-board.
Th
e telephone slate.
The Singapore fowl·market.
M .M .E . }
Tnhun baru
G
onmg China.
Jam
besar
7
stcshin" kereta
api PuIau Pinang.
8
Rumah api M ~ l o l r o .
Anak Mclayu Johor.
Wang ncgeri
G
n g g ~ r i s
Anal: ncgcri China.
lo
Lembu ncgcri
Ke
ling.
lo
Kudn
D e l i ~
kechi .
Tempat
nyer batu,l
Tempat kayu api,
Tcmpat sa-puloh laksi,"
Tempat sireh tanah
la
wn .'
Tcmpat jam" baru.
Pnpan hitum lebar.
Papan botu
t
taliplln."
Pasar
lS
ayam Singapura.
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 17/68
20
M L Y M D E E S Y
LESSON 10
Personal and Possessive Pl0nouns.
There
is
no inflection to denote case.
The use of the second person singular should be
avoided as far as
possible
either by omitting
it
entirely or
by
substitut
ing the
name,
rank, employment,
or
relation
ship of the person add..-essed.
The same words urc used respectively for both the
second and third persons singular and
plural,
but in
the
latter case
the word orang,
people.
may be to avoid
ambiguity.
Possessive
pron
ouns
are
form
ed
by placing
th
ssivt'
particle, punya, '5, after the personal pronoun.
you
he, she,
it,
they
w
'5, 'owning'
VOCABU
LARY
sahaya
a hat
~ n g k u
a
coat
dia
trousers
k:ta
a
shirt
pu nya a boot,
NOTES
ON
EXERCISE
topi
baju
scluar"
kemeja
a shoe
kasut"
1. Sahara, I, pronounced
saya,
is used by or to Europeans
as
the
other words cxprcss more intimatc relationship. Aku (or ku). I
(familiar), Hamba,
I,
a servant.
2.
Engkau (also kau), or kowe (I.), you. to subordinates;
Ill,
you,
to
a Chinese. E
ll
gkall (I.), you (polite). Awak, you (polite), in
lohore. Kamll (or
nHI),
you (polite), elsewhcre.
3.
From 11IIjl
U:ly: ,
to own. Plinya corresponds to the suffix's'
in English, il1dicating the possessive form of
nOl1ns.
The
tendency
to overdo the employmcn t of pun
ya
whcn not used with p c r s o n ~
should e avoided, and the adjectival forms used, e.g. tlm\lat sijok,
not sljok punya
M m p ~ t
4. In
indonesia
e h l 1 ~ l l a ,
trousers, replaces
sl 1ua
r.
5.
Better
yang
b6sar, thc big one. Yang, that which.
6.
Or kot)iah in Penang, the round velvct Malay cap.
7.
In Indonesia sepatu, 3
boot,
shoe, also llsed in t-.of:Jlap.
8.
Or
panja
ng
lchar.
ny
a. Nya, its. is tllC unemphatic genitive of
dia, he,
etc.
(Lesson 44.)
9. Dill semua, they all. la , he, the literar}' form of dill.
My topee
Your white coat.
His
old
place.
Her
black shoes.
Its
wooden
planks.
Our
monthly wages.
Your (pl
ural
)
great
n
ew
country.
TIleir young cattle.
Master's shirt.
Madam's
old
frock (gown).
My husband's black
trousers.
A lady's hat.
Someone's child.
The
child's
hot
water.
A Malay's coat.
A
larg
e one.
La
st
night's account.
A co ld spot.
Th e \vife's house.
His songkok (M
alay
cap).
Our shoe-stand.
Your wife (polite).
Its length
and
breadth.
Their (plural form) hedge .
Your Chinese
trous
ers.
EASY
2
Saya
1
punya topi.
En gkau
2
punya baju puteh.
Dia punya
h ~ m p t
lama.
Dia
punya
kasut hitam.
Diu punya
papan
kayu.
Kita pWlya gaji bulan.
Engkau orang punya
~ r i
barn
bbar.
Dia punya lembu muda.
Tuan punya
3
klffi1eja,
Mem punya gaune lama.
Saya punya
13ki
punya
sel
uar
4
hitam.
Perempuan punya
topi.
Orang punya anak.
Budak punya
ayer
panas.
MeJayu punya baju,
Besar punya,l'
Sa-malam
punya
kira.
Scjok punya tempat.
3
Bini punya rumah.
Dia punya songkok.
0
Kita
punya
tcmpat kasut. 7
Kamu punya isteri.
Dia punya panjang lebar,S
Dia\
orang
punya
pagar,
Lu
punya
sclunr China.
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 18/68
22
M L Y M A D E
Possessive Pronouns a
nd the
Possessive pronouns may also be created by placing the
personal pronouns after the word expressing the object
possessed
or
its qualifying adjective. (Lesson 44, Para. 3.)
The
simple genitive case of nouns is formed
by
the
nOlln
denoting the possessor being placed immediately after the
thing possessed.
a workman
a labourer, a
a groom
a washerman
a
name
VOC.\BULARY
tuknng a clerk
coolie kuli a friend
sais · a teacher
dobio a clergyman
nama
a king, a
prince
NOTES
ON
EXERCISE
k ~ a n i
kawan·
gum
padl ri o
raja
1.
Tu\..aug means an artisan, a skilled \\oIkman, and when placed
before a
wo
rd comb ines with
it
to form a compound word to denote
a worker in that
pa
rticular line. Tukang
kayu,
a wood-worker, a
carpenter. 1um, an expert, a competent person. luru
b.l
i1asa, an
interpreter, from bahasa. a language. Jum hilis, a clerk in Indonesia.
Z
Tukang ayer, a water·carrier, a T.A.
who
does the rough work
of a house. Toti, the 'sweeper' of latrines.
3. Aya h, an ayah, is reserved for Malay and Indian womell who act
33 children's nurses or as ladies' maids: Javanese maids are called
Oabu, and Chinese liurscs Amah.
4. Duit klchil or
W311g
k«hil, small money, change.
S. Orang gaji, a hired person, a servant. an employee.
6. Sais, a
syce,
a coachman,
a
motor<ar driver, or draiba (E.), :I
dri\'er, a chauffeur. In Indonesia sorir D.). chauffeur; knsir D.), a
coachman; tukang kud:i,
a
groom.
7. To avoid a succession of qualifying words the construction with
pun,. a may
be used, e.g.
sais klrem
kuda
pun)': haisikaJ, or perCl mpu3n
Slrani
pUDy;;l topi ilibm.
8. SlralU, or Indo (D.), a Eurasian. The Eurnsians
in
Malaya fonn
a respectable Christian community cngaged,
for
the most part, in
clerical work or as shop assistants.
9.
Sa
habat or sobat
I.),
a friend. Ternan, a companion.
10. In Indonesia pastor (D.), a R
om
an Catholic priest; pindita, II
priest
gCllcrall},.
Imam, an Islamic religious head.
II. l\1llllltu, a
washennan,
replaces
dohi,
in
Indonesia.
M L Y
M D E
E S Y
23
EXERCISE
My water·carrier.
Yo
ur new coolie.
His old friend.
H
er
elderly ayah.
Our
King's name.
Their
small change.
The Sultan of Peru s new
Astana (palace).
A Jap. l.nese ship.
The
employees of the Yam
Tuan of Negri Sembilan.
A prince's home.
Th
e chief clerk's
pe
n
cil.
l\lastcr's Malay teacher.
A carpenter's shop.
A shoemaker's room.
The
coachman's bicycle.
The
Eurasian woman's
black hat.
A friend's young child.
A Christian priest.
The
Raja of Perlis' place.
The Chinese dhoby's wages.
Tukang
'
ayerZ
sara.
Kuli
baru
cngkau.
Kawau lama dia.
Ayah
3
tua
dia.
Nama raja kiln.
Duit
kechil' din orang.
Astana (or Islan3)
baru
Sultan Perak.
Kapat orang Jepun.
Orang gaji
ll
Yam
Tuan
Ncgcri Scmbilan.
Rumah anak raja.
Pensil
e
kcrani
b ~ u r
Curu
Mtilaru Tuan.
~ a i tukang kayu.'
Bilek tukang knsut.
Baisikal
e
saiso kcretu kuda.
1
Topi hitam
7
~ r c m p u n l l
Scrani.
8
Anak muda kawan.
n
Padi ri
o
orang Kcristian.
e
Tcmpat Raja Pt' rlis.
Caji dobi
China.
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 19/68
4
M A L A Y M A D E E ASY
LESSON 12
Th
e Interrogatives.
Interrogatives may either precede or come after the words
they qualify. (Lesson
24
, Para. 1.)
The interrogative pronoun mana, when
it
means
wh
ich,
usually
fo
llows the noun it quali6es.
wh
at
who
which, where
when
how much
VOCABULARY
npa a reason, a cause
siapa a
kind,
a
sort
mana age
bila· news, to tell
bl rapa a l
ette
r
NOTES ON EXERCISE
p
asa
l O
macham
um
o<
khabar
surat
1. Apa pasal Of lIpa
s h
, what reason? why? Slbab, a r
eaSOI
I.
because, is genera
ll
y used ill Indonesia, pasal also means a subject , a
clause.
Klrn1pa , why?
(Lesson
28. Note I.)
2. Blrar, ' how much? how many? is always employed in making
enquiri
es
0
a numerical nat ure wh ich in English could
be
phrased.
as
either 'how?' or 'wha ?' nll'llpa umor, h
ow old ar
e
)"OU?
(
Blr-ll
p
a,
bemg
wha
t }
3.
Bila, at the time when (
Lesso
n
37).
Kapan
(I.),
when.
1. Or mana
sa
tu slluar, which onc? Yang mana, which?
5.
t is more
id
ioma
ti
c to
use
siapa,
who?
than apa, what? when
asking after a person's name. (Si.apa. the
wha
t.)
6. Tulung wang
or ka
s
ir (D.),
a treasurer, a cashier.
7. SlIT,It , a book, any writing, a chit , a tes timonial, a character .
Kitab. a book, a religious
wo
r
k.
8. In
Pe
nang the plurative su
ffix
apa
is affixed
to sahara, I, to form
sepa (sahara apa), we; similarly dia, he. becomes depa (dia apa), th
ey,
and bang, you, becomes
hangpa,
you a
ll.
9.
Slblra
ng, the opposite side or bank, across. SlWrang Plrai,
Province
We lles
lC} (P
.W.)
,
as frye lies
opposite Pen
an
g. Owla
slWrang, people from the opposite shore.
to.
Apa khabar (pronounced bbar
).
what's the
lews?
is the M
ala
,
equi
va
lent of 'h
ow
do you do', to which the reply is kbabar baik,
good news
or 'quite
well
, thank
yo
u' .
11
.
TaijiD
, 'great
ma
n', a Chinese honorific, in Malaya a Secretary
for. Chinese Affairs. Sense, a Chinese·style doctor.
1
2.
Macham mana, in
wha
t m
anDer?
BIsaf mana, h
ow
b
ig?
13
. Apa, what, when
it
f
ol
lows nOlln often implies 'what kind of',
depending
on
the tone of voi
ce
.
MALAY MADE EASY
25
EXERCISE
Wha
t
s this place?
Wh
o's that? Why?
Where's the newspaper?
How
much for the chicken?
One
dollar.
Whi
ch
ch
ic
ken? This o
ne
.
What's yo
ur
age, Boy?
What's the time now?
Wh
en? AtOthr
ee
o'clock.
Which
trousers, Sir?
What's your ship's name?
What's the cashier's name?
Pereira, a Portuguese.
Whose letter's this?
Whose sun-helmet's
th
at?
Th
e
En
gineer's wife's.
What sort
of
a shirt?
What's the date to-da
y?
How long? Two hours.
How many
pe
ns? One.
Whose room?
Th
eir
s,
the
Province Wellesley folk.
How do you do, Taijin;
how's the child?
What kind
of
a shop's this?
A Chinese he
rb
alist's.
Apa t ~ p a t inil
Siapa itu? Apa
pasal
l
?
Mana surat khabar?
Berapa ara
m
ini?
Satu
ringgit.
Ayam mana? Ini satu.
r a p a umor, Boy.
Pukul b ~ r p a jam ini?
Bila ? Pukui tiga.
mana,·
Tu an?
Apa nama kapal mgkau?
S i a p a nama tukang
wang&
P orang Portugis.
Siapa punya surat7 iniP
Topi
itu
sia
pa
punya?
Bini
Tuan
Enjinir
e
puny
a.
Apa macham j a ?
B ~ r a p a
hari bulan hari ini?
Bbapa
ll
lama? Dun jam.
Bbapa
ll
pen' ? Satu.
Siapa punya bilek? Dia'
punya, orang s ~ b b a n g
Apa kha
bar
, lo Taijin
;1I
macham man a
l2
anak?
Kedai
apa
l l l
ini? KMai
sense.
I
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 20/68
26
M L Y
M A D E E S Y
LESSON 13
The
Verb:
Impe
rative.
Verbs
are
either sim
ple
or derived from
oth
er parts of
speech
by
the
addi
tion of prefixes
and
(or) suffixes.
Generally speaking both transitive and intransitive verbs
occupy
the
same
position in a sentence as in English,
whilst
th
e word 't
o'
is not
required
in
the
infinitive.
Simple verbs in
their
root fo rm
are
indefinite in mean
ing
but are used thu
s to form
both
the second person of
the im
pe
rat ive mood
and
the infinitive. (Lesson SO.)
Th
e untranslatable emphatic s
uffi
x lab is frequently
added to verbs in
the
second person imperative.
Th
e conjunction
'and'
is
not required
between two verbs
in the imperative mood.
to come,
hither
to go
to give
to bring
to learn
VOCABULARY
mari
pergi
kasi
bawa
belajar
to call, to summon
to order, to tell
to come, to arr ive
to go back, to go
home
I
to
question, to ask
NOTES ON EXERCISE
panggil
surch
datang
pulang
tanya
I.
~ m p a t illi, or Slli, here. ' ~ m p a t itu , or
situ,
there.
2. Or bllgcha, ill Penang the Chinese term for ricksha.
3. Piun, peon,
is
the Anglo.Indian word for a messenger
or
office
boy, who in mcrcantile offices is called
tambi,
a tamby, derived
fr
om
a Tamil word meani
ng
younger brother.
In
Indonesia opas (D.) , a
messenger, ordeIly; opas polisi, a policeman; manteri, a trained native
assistan t;
r n n t ~ r i
polisi, a police sub·inspector.
4. Tuan and I.'lem in a married household stand for husband
and wife as
wel
l
as
Master and Mistress.
5. I\
Ullbari
, a Malabari, a Moplah
from
the Malabar coost of India.
In Malaya they keep eating.houses.
6. Kedai kopi or warong kopi
(l.),
a eafe, a tea·shop.
7. Bawa, to convey, to carry; hawa mari, to bring hither.
8. l\1aooor, an overseer, a head
wai
ter I.). Tandil, a tindal, a
fore-
man, a leading native seaman, a caretaker
t).
9. Plrgi is pronounced p6gi and often shortened to pi.
M L Y M A DE E S Y
27
EXERCISE
Come to this spot (here).
Wher
e are you off
to? Go
home this minut
e.
You (plural) go away.
Bo
y,
bring som
e
cold water
and give it O to him.
Give me ten do
ll
ars
t o ~
morrow.
Babu,
ca
ll a ricksha (trisha)
right away.
Peon, tell my syce to go
home.
Come to-morrow morning at
nine o'clock.
Go over there and ask the
tim
e.
Tamby, order Din , my
motor-car driver, to come
to-night.
Send for the men and
teU
th
em to come here.
Go and ask my wife the
whereabouts of myoId hat.
Te
ll
a Malabari from the
co
ff
ee-shop to bring some
biscuits here.
Mandor, go a
nd
call t
wo
Tamil labourers.
Ti ndal , you go and learn to
do
the
accounts to-da
y.
Mari tempat inil (or sinO.
Pergi mana? Pulang·lah jam
ini.
Engkau orang pergi-lah.
Boy, bawa
a y ~ r
sejok, kasi
dia,
Kasi saya sa-puloh ringgit
besok.
Babu, panggil satu becha
2
ini
jam.
Piun,s suroh sais saya
pulang.
Datang-Iah
b ~ s o k
pagi jam
pukul ' sembilan.
Pergi tCmpat itu
1
(or situ)
tanya jam,
Tambi
,3
suroh Din, saya
punya sais moto·kar, da
tang ini malam.
Panggil orang suroh
dia
datang tempat ini.
Per
gi tanya Mem· mana
saya punya topi lama.
Suroh sa-orang Melebari
5
kedai
6
kopie bawa marF
biskut.
e
Mandor,s pergi
pan
ggil
dua
orang kuli Kcling.
Tandil
,3
engkau pegi
9
bela
jar kira wang hari ini.
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 21/68
28
M A L A Y
M ADE E AS Y
LESSON 14
Th
e Verb: Present Tense.
Ve
rb
s undergo no inflex ion to
denote
either mood, tense,
voice,
number
or
person.
The tense of a verb standing alone
is
indeterminate.
Tens
e
may be
ex
pr
essed
by
auxiliaries which
precede
the verb but need not e used if the tense
is
already
sufficiently evide
nt
from the context.
The present
tense
is fanned
in simple sentences
by
a
combination of the subject and a verb
in
its root form.
to eat, food
to drink
to bathe
to write
to l/pealc,
talk
VOC BUL RY
makan
mioum
mandi
tulis
chakap·
to work, business k ~ r j a
to play main
to
hi t
, to multiply pukul
to like. to be pleased sub
to watch, to
guard
jaga
NOTES ON EXERCISE
1. Or
ella,
tea,
in
Penang. Tekoon, a tea·pot. Chawan,
3
teacup.
2. Bob , a ball. Main bob , to play ball, A
ssoc
iation football. Oth er
games are given their English names with the "«Ird main p
la
cea
in
front. Main tenis, to play tennis. Meja bola, a billiard·table. Kamal
bola, a club, in Indon
es
ia.
3. wa pfrgi, to bear or carry away, to take awa y. Bawa pulang,
to take home.
Baw
a
dating,
to bring.
4.
Th
e possessh'e pronoun is
fr
eq uen tly omitted in Malay when it
is clear
fr
om the context who the possessor
is.
5.
Ayet minum, drinking· ter.
Th
e pr
esent
participle of
an
y verb,
wh
en used adjectivally to fo
rm
a compOund nOun, follows the
sub-
stantive whi ch
it
qualifies.
6. M ilkan gaji, (lit.) to cat wages, to
wo rk for wages.
7.
Ha ji, a pilgrim. A Moslem who goes on the pilgrimag e to
Mec
ca
and acco mplishes all the pr
escr
ibed
ce
remonies during the
appOinted period is entitled to the hono
rifi
c Haji.
8. In Indones ia bichara, to talk, to speak, or omong, to tllk. to
g
oss
ip replace cbakap, whi ch means to undertake.
9. Munshi, a nati
ve
teacher of Oriental languages.
10. Islam , the Islamic religion .
Orang
Islam, a M
os
lem.
M L Y M D E E S Y
29
EXERCISE
I eat.
You drink
He wri tes.
She bathes.
We talk.
You (plural)
worl::.
They
play.
I eat chicken.
You drink tea.
He is writing a letter.·
She is bathing
her
child.
Why are
yo u hitting
the
horse, Syce?
Who
is looking after
th
e
cattle to-day? He.
Th
ey
like to pl
ay
football
on
> Saturday afternoon.
\Ve
are
taking away
ourA
writing books.
A Menadonese steward
brings the drinking water.
Wh
at are you doing, Ali?
I'm
a
wag
e·earner, Sir.
She is busy
at
six o'clock this
evening, Haji.
I am fond of talking Malay,
Moonshee.
He
is taking
ho m
e a Mo·
hammedan religious work.
Saya roakan.
Engkau minum.
Dia
tulis.
Dia
mandi.
Kila chakap.
Engkau
orang
k ~ r j a
Dia
orang main.
Saya makun ayam.
Engkau minum teh.
1
Dia
tulls surat.
Dia
mandi
dia punya
anak.
pa
pasal
~ n g k a u pukul
kuda, Sais?
Siapa jaga Ibnbu hari ini?
Dia.
Dia
orang suka main
bo
la
2
hari anam
~ t a n g
Kita bawa
pbgP buku
"
tulis.
Jongos
M ~ n a d o
bawa
da·
tang
'
arer
minum. >
li
apa kb-ja?
Sara
makan
gaji,' Tuan.
Dia kerja
pukul
anam
pe.
tang ini, Haji.7
Sara
suka chak
ap
8
Mt' layu,
Mun
s
hL Il
Dia bawa
pulang
l
kitab
orang
Is
lam.
t O
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 22/68
30
M L Y M D E E SY
LESSON 15
The
Present
Tense formed
by the verb ada
to be.
The present continuous tense is formed by the employ
ment of the
auxiliary verb ada, to be, to exist, which
emph
asises continuity
of
action.
Words denoting
present
time
or
tengah, middle, in
the
midst
of,
arc
used to stress
the
present.
VOCABULARY
to walk, a
road
jaIan
to
wear, to use, to
put
on, to dress palmi
to sleep tidor
to
sit, to dwell dudok
to prepare r
eady
siap4"
meat
fish
an egg
cooked rice
a cake, a pudding
NOTES ON EXERCISE
daging
ikan
telar
nasi
kueh
1.
Benggali. a Sikh, a northern Indian. This term arose through
. the
fa
ct th
at
the
first
contact between Mala
ys
and n
or
thern Indians
was through the sepoy regiments of the Bengal presidency. B6ngga li
Sik,
a
Sikh . Benggali Islam, a Punjabi Mohammedan. Orang Kabul,
a Pathan, an Afghan.
2. Orang jaga, a watchman, a caretaker, a door.keepc r. The Iaga,
as he is commonly
call
ed
in
Malaya,
is
usually a northern Indian
engaged to look after premises at night or
in
the absence of the owner.
Jaga, to be awake, watchful.
3. Or sftiia, to prepare, whidl is more usual
in
Indoncsia.
4. Daging, meat, when it precedes the name of any bird or animal,
denotes the flcsh of that spec
ies.
Daging I
o 'mbu, bed.
Daging
brobing. goat's flesh, mutton. Daging babi, pig's
flesh.
In Indonesia
ikau, fiSh, may also mcan meat.
. Tukang batll , a stone·worker, a mason, a bricklayer.
6. Jalan, to go, to be
in
motion; jabn plrgi, to make for.
7. Tengah, to be engaged in, or sftiang, during, while. 'In Penang
dok,
an
abbreviation of dudok,
is
used colloquially
in
the same sense.
Dia dok makan, he is engaged
in
eating.
8. Merah (red)
or
kunillg (yellow) tllor (I.
., yolk.
Tllor mata
sapi, (lit
.)
an ox-eye egg. fried eggs in Indonesi
a.
9. Makan nasi, to ea t rice, to take a meal. Minllm ayer, to drink
water, to partake of liquid rdreshment.
1
0.
Negative sentenccs should
be
practised by placing tid3k
or ta',
not, before the \'crb or its auxiliary. (Lesson 32 .)
M L Y M D E E SY
31
EXERCISE
Wher
e's
the
ticket,
the
train
is moving?
The
Sikh
watchman is
asleep
in
the
daytime.
I
am putting on
my coat.
The clerk is sitting writing.
The little
boy
is
in charge
of
the
punkah.
The baby
is awake,
get
r
eady
its food.
Those Pathans (Cabool)
are
busyo eating beef.
This Chinese mason
is
carry
ing someo pork.
Our friend is getting ready
the mutton
broth
(soup).
The
bullock-carts are
on
th
eir
way
to O
the
Al
or
Star fish market.
That child of
yours
is
in
th
e middle of eating half
a dozen cakes.
Their
cook
is
occ
up ie
d in
beating
up the
white
of
egg
at the
moment.
The
syce's wife is
eat
ing
her
meal just now.
Mistress is using
the ca r
riage this afternoon.
The
Punjabi Mohammedan
is wearing
white
trousers.
Mana
teket,e kl reta
api ada
jalan?
Benggali,
l
orang jaga
2
itu,
ada tidor siang.
Saya
ada
pakai bajll.
Kerani
ada dudok
lulis.
Budak
kechil
ada
jaga
pangkah.
Anak
k ~ i l ada
jaga,
2
si
ap3
dia
punya makan.
.orang Kabul
l
itu ada makan
daging l
embu
f
Tukang
balu
li
China ini
ada
bawa
daging babi.
4
Kawan kita
tengah
siap
sop
e
daging kambing:'
Kcrcta lembu
ada
jalan
pi rgi
l
pasar ikan Alar
Setaro
Budak
engkau
itu
Mngah
makan sa-tengah dozen
e
kueh.
Dia
orang pwtya kuki
e
tengah
1
pukul puteh
telor8
ini jam.
Bini sa
is
ada
makan
nasi
9
jam ini.
Mem ada
pakai. kereta
petang ini
Benggali Islam
l
itu ada
10
pakai seluar puteh.
32
M A LAY M D E E AS Y M L Y M D E E ASY
33
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 23/68
LESSON 16
The Verb ada, to
be.
The ve
rb
'to b
e wh
en used simply as a copula or link is
omitted in Malay.
Wh
en the ve
rb
'to
be
expresses a man's vocation
it
is
replaced by the word k&ja, to work as.
Ada, to
be
, asserts pr
ese
nce or existence
and
takes the
pla
ce
of
th
ere
is,
or there are, in
En
gl
is
h. .
VOCAB
U
LARY
good, well
baik
a father
~ ~
lever, skilled
pandaio
a mother
stupid, foolish
bodoh an elder brother
abang
rig
ht
,
corr
ect, a younger brother
0<
s
tr
aight
b< tul
sister
adek
wr
ong, clTor
salah
an elder sister
kakak
NOTES ON EX ERCISE
1. 83ik, nice, pleasant, a
ll
right. Enak
(I.).
delicious.
2. Bawa, to drive, to steer.
Ba
wa
keret
a,
to drive a
ca
rt . Bawa
k3p ai, to steer a ship. Bawa motokar, to drive a
ca
r.
3. Hnlu or ulu, headwa ters, up<ountry, r
us
tic, a handle.
f . Ad a, to be in existence, to be presen t. The par ticle 'there' is
omitted
n
Malay unless
it
refers to ' th
:l.t'
",hcn it is translated by
itu . Itu romah sara, there is my house:.
S. TemJm
t m :mdi, :I oothing place, a ba th·room, a bath.
6.
Add
: JMlri mpu:m, a younger sister.
Ad
ek jantan, a
yo
unger
brother. Saudara, a brother or
sis
ter, :I relat
iv
c.
7. The pronOUIl 'i t' when used in an indefinite sense with itn ·
perso nal verbs, or
as
the subject of the
ve rb to
be when standing
alone, is omitted.
8.
Ser.mg or bosman (D.), a boatswain, :I llead·la
sca
r.
9.
Tuan, master, owner. proprietor. TWll rum.ah , the owner of a
house:, the occupier, the host.
10. Pi
ng
hulu, the official headman of a mukim or parish, :I mosque
caretal::er (I ). Vld ana . a native 'headman in lava.
11. Tn Malaya bai, a brother,
is
a term of address for northeru
Indians, nana , elder b ro ther. is for Moslem Tamils and Kall(l:, elder
bro ther, for Javanese. Similarly aehi, elder sister, for T amils and
lIes:Jn,
sis
ter, for
Ja
pa nese wo men. Al
so
mamak, unele, and mami,
aunt. for elderly Tam ils. All
wo
rds borrowed from their respective
lanauages.
12. Persona l pronouns arc often omitted if the meaning is elear.
EXERCISE
My father is clever.
His mother is good.
The
young arc
fo
olish.
This road is correct .
Your work
is
wrong.
My mother
is
a Siamese
woman.
What is this? Bacon, ir
Her younger brother
is
a
bullock-cart drive
r.
What is
th is place called?
Kampong Ulu.
There is one long dining
room.
There
ar
e two baths.
TIie
Au
stralian's younger
sister is tall.
What
is there to eat? Ham.
His younger br
other works
as a blacksmith.
Ito
is cold to-day, S
er
an
g.
Who
is
there? The h
os
t's
elder sister is here, .
Why is it o ""fong, Peng
hulu?
Where is my napkin? He
re
it
O
is (this is
it
O
.
This Sikh's (Bhai's) elder
brother is a
cl
erk.
What
are you, Kang (to a
Javanese)?
I
m
12
a groom.
Bapa saya pandai.
Dia punya
male
baik
1
•
Orang muda bodoh.
Ja lan ini bf]tul.
~ a
bgkau salah.
Saya punya
male
pi rOOlpuan
Siam.
Apa ini? Bekin
,e
Tuan.
Adck dia bawa kheta2
Mmbu.
Apa nama
tbnpat
ini?
Kampong Ulu.
3
Ada
t
satu bilek makan
panjang,
Ada
4
dun.
tempat mandi.'
Adek p&'empuan' orang
Ostralia itu tinggi.
Apa ada
f
makan? Hem.
e
Adek jnntan
8
diu kt rja
tukang b6si.
St jok
7
hari ini, Sb'ang.'
Siapa ada?4 Tuan rumah8
punya kakak adUL
Apa sllbab
'
salah, Pt ng
hulu? lO
Mana saya punya nepkine?
lni ada.?
Bai
ll
ini punya abang kt rja
k ~ a n i
Apa kt rja, Kang?ll Kb'ja
sais kuda.
34
M A
L A Y M
AD
E
EA S
Y
M A L A Y ,M A D E EA S Y
35
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 24/68
LESSON 17
The Verb ada, to have.
When the verb 'to have' denotes possession it is ren
der
ed
into Malay colloquially by the ve
rb
ada.
VOCABULARY
a chair
Urusi
an illness, painful, to
a table
meja
be
ill,
to h
ur
t
sakit
a thing, good
s,
a head
kcpala
belongings
barang
•
stomach
p
erut
a cup
board
almari a hand , forearm
tang
an
a drawer
lachi
an eye
mata
NOTES ON EXERCISE
1. Klrusi p3n iang (or malas), a long chair, M alas, i:lzy.
2. Europeans may address e1derly Malays in such terms as \\,a',
g3ffer,
but
ka' or dck, sister,
is
more fam iliar.
3. En
ji
n, any engine or piece of machinery, a mill or factory.
Meshin , any machine or mechanical
contTllp
tion
sucn as
a sewing
machine, a lawn-mower or a mangle. In Indonesia
ma
sin (D.), a
machine, an engine. Pabcrik (D.), a factory.
J\.
'lasin tEroong, an aero
plane. Tllrbang, to R \
i . Bapa is often shortened to the homely pa', pa .
5.
Sakit, to have a pain or illness, to
be
suffering from or with;
when used in conjunction with a term for any {Xlrt o'f the ody
it
denotcs an ache or ailment in that member. S
ak
it
pfru
t , a stomach
ache. Sakit mata, an eye complain t.
6.
Or1
11
g sakit, a sick person, a patient. Kllreta omng sakit, an
ambulance.
Rumah
sakit, a hospital.
7.
The verb
to
have' when denoting the possession of qualities or
d isabilities
is
often omitted .
8. Or
sim
pa
ng, cross-roads. Simpang ampat, four ways. Simpang
tiga, a junction whence three roads diverge .
9. BEtul, to be rigllt, to be in order, ' that's so', 'quite right' .
B' nar, true, really, to permit.
1
0. 'Are there?' and so colloquially, 'have you?'
Klru
si
saya
ada
dua,
y chai rs are two, or r have two cha irs.
1L B
arn
ng, wares
. Bara
ng ma
s, jewellery.
M
as
,
gold.
',
'.
•
EXERCISE
I possess two rattan long
chairs, old man.
We have a broad dining
• table, sister
(e
lder).
H ow m
any
chairs have you,
sister (yo unger)?
Thre
e.
H is
almeir
ah
(wa
rdr
obe) has
one drawer.
This Pah ang train has two
engines, brother (e lder)
Who has any· money?
Give
him a t ip (present).
This hand machine belongs
to the m, sister (younger
).
H ow many childr
en
has
Fa ther Haji got, mo
th
er?
Go
an
d call a
doct
or;
I have
a stomach-ache.
The pa tient , a Chinese
women, has one eye.
Th
e hospital has nurses a
nd
"
it has an ambulance,
Sempang Ampat has a large,
new hospital.
t
is correct, Ja'afar h
as
a
pain in
th
e h
ea
d , fa
th
er.
Wh
at kind of goods have
you got"?
Ir
on
wa
r
e.
Where is
yo
ur luggage,
fri
end
(to a Chinese)?
I have it ," brother.
M M 4
Saya ada dua kl rusi
rotan
panjang,l Wa '':l
Kita ada satu m ~ j
rn k n
lebar. kakak (o r ka'2).
En
gkau ada b ~ p kerusi
.
adek (or dck2)? Tiga.
D ia pWlya almari
(o
r lemari}
ada sam lachi.
Kercta api
Pahang ini
ada
dua enjin,S abang.
Siapa ada wang? Kasi
dia
duit
kopi (pC rscn
e
).
Meshin
l
tangan 1m dia
ora
ng
pWlya, ad
ek
.
Berapa Pa
4 Ha
ji pWlya
anak, mak?
Pc
rgi
pangg
il T
uan
d
oktor<
;.
saya sakit perut.
s
Orang sakita itu, per
emp
uan
China, mata
satu.T
Rnmah s k i ~ ada nas:
e
ada
kt' reta orang sakit.
8
Sempang AmpatS ada hos
pital
e
bcsar baru.
B
t
tu l
,9
Ja apar
ada sakit
kepa l
a,5
bapa·.
4
Apa macham barang ada? lD-
Barang
bes
i.ll
Mana
In punya
baran
g,
kawan? Ada, ab
ang
(or
bang).
36
M A LAY M ADE
EA S
Y
M AL AY M ADE EASY
37
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 25/68
LESSON 18
Th
e Verb: Past Tense.
The
past tense is shown
by th
e context or by the employ
me
nt
of adverbs and words denoting past time.
The past continuous or imperfect tense is formed by the
use of the.verb ada, to' be, C?f ~ n g a h to be engaged in,
together with a wo
rd ex pr
esS
In
g
past
time.
V
ABUL.>\RY
to
ar
rive,
to
reach sampai
a knife
pisau
to
read
bacha
a fork
garp
u
to
meet
Jwnpa a spoon
scnd ok
to Jose, disappe
ar
hUang
a towel
tuaJa
e
to look, to see
tengok
e
soap
sabun
NOTES ON EXERCI
SE
I. Tuala mandi, a bath·towel .
Tu..ala
tal\81Ill, a hand· loweL Anduk
ID
·l'
a
towel
, re
pla
ces
tuala
in
In
done
sia.
. Lihat, to see, to replaces tengok, to look at, in IndOllesia.
Nampak, to sec , to
n o ll(.
C, to appear, to be visible.
3
Ad a, there
\\'3S,
there were, depending on the context
t. e r ~ b i sewa. a, Kereta )lakai (or seooiri, oneself.
I.
),
a carnage for one
so w
n prlv.l te usc. In Indones ia sado a pony
cart. f
ro
m d
os-
a-dos, back-t
o-
ba
d W"ndi,
a
gig.
a band
y.
'
5.
a -nl C name is derived
fr
om thc once famolU
stat e of Kahnga, m On ssa Prov ince,
wh
ose merchants, trading in the
wO re known as Kalin
ga
s or K1ings_ In Penang the tenn Klling
lS rese rved for Mollamn\cdan Tamils om Madras
Ollce
known as
C ~ l l 1 l i a the. no n-Mos lem Tamils and Tc]lIgn$ being termed orang
Hmdn, a Hmdu. In Singapore, the foml er 3re
call
ed Klli
ng lsL1m
and the latter
Ke1
ing Hindu.
.
6.
Enchek, or Che', Inche,
in
Mala
ya
a title of r
es
pect
wh
ich
ca
n
e
Ith
er
be used
alone or in conjunction with proper Malay nam es to
mcan Mr., Mrs. or Che' gu, teacher.
l\ h
' e". a lady teacher.
7. Ada, to be, 1$ sometimes used loosely in the colloquial to
denotc the tense . datang, has co
me
.
8. The object of a "crb 1$ omitted if it is obvious.
9. Or sud' , a ~ Cham cha, a
tea
spoon in Penang.
10
..M. "nten. a .
mlllI
ster of state. The Mentri
Besar is
the chief
t'XcculJVe office r a Malay State.
-
.
•
EXERCISE
Th
e letters came byo the
nine o'clock post yester
da
y morning, Nana.
Th
e Selangor Club bath
towels disappeared the
n.
I
met my friend, the lawyer,
l
as
t night, Mamak (uncle)
Look at this letter
Why
did
he write, Mami (aunt)?
How were the forks lost?
Th
ere
wer
e hyelve.
Wh
o told the hackney car
riage to go home?
Th e Tamil labourers
ar
rived
at
six p
.m. that
day.
Who
saw c r i c a strike
that
old man? Achi
(sis
ter).
Mistress gave me soap the
da
y before yest
er
day.
Who
we
nt to mee t the day
tr
ain? Some Hind us.
At mid -day I saw the knives
we
re
th
ere, Si
r.
Miriam's h
ea
d
wa
s aching
on
that
occasion (day).
At
that time
our
t
eac
her was
reading a letter.
The head
teacher's private
carriage is here. The
school ma am saw it.s
Who
was using this spoon
yesterday n ~ ? One of
the Mentri Bcsar s people.
Sur
at
sampai pos" pukul
a . n kMmarin pagi,
Nana.
Tunla mandP kt' lab
e
S ~ l a n -
gor
hHang jam itu.
Saya jumpa kaw
an
saya,
loyare, sa-malam, Mamak.
Tengok
2
surat ' ini
n a p a
diu tulis, Mami?
Macham mana garpu itu
hHang? Ada
3
dua-bM os .
Si
apa
s
ur
oh
k ~ r e t u
sewa
4
pulang?
Kuli sampai puleul
anam pt' tang hari itu.
Siapa tengok Marikan pukul
orang tua itu? Achi.
Mem ka si saya sa
bun
kt' lmar m dulu.
Siapa pbgi jumpa k t' r
eta
api
siang? Orang
Hm d
u.
5
T t' ngnh hari saya nampak
2
pis
au
ada
, En
chek.
CI
K
t' pa
la
Ch e
'
Mhiam ada
sakit hari itu .
Jam itu Che gun kitn ada
tt' ngah bacha surat .
K&'cta pakai
4
guru
~ s a r
ada datang. M
a
gu
l
tengok.
Siapa ada pakai scndok\l ini
kt' lmnrin
ma
lam?
OrlUlg
Mc
nt
Cri Besar.
10
38 M A L A Y M D E
E S Y
M L Y M D E E SY
39
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 26/68
LESSON 19
The Verb: Perf
ect
Tense.
The perfect and also the past tense are expressed
by
the
use of the auxiliary verb sudah, finished, done, over.
VOCABULARY
to
do, to make ,
buat
a
picture,
a photo gambar
,0
open
buka
a door
pintu
·to close, a cover
tutup a ladder, stairs
tangga
to sta
nd
up berdiri
a window joodela
to
stop
b ~ r h i m t i
ground, earth tanah
NOTES ON EXERCISE
1. Pagar maudi, a bathing enclosure, a 'pagar'.
2. Awang or Mas (I. ), 'John' is
used
to hail a young stranger
unceremoniously.
Malays
3rc called by their personal names, which,
when
followed by bin,
SOil
of, or binti, daughter of, plus t
he
male
parent's name give the full name. 111crc being
no
surnames. a
woman's name does
not
change
on
marriage. Abbreviated lames
in
which
on
ly the final syllable is
used
are common, i.e. Muhammad
becomes Mnt.
3. BlfTheUti, to leave
off,
to ccnse. Th e root {onn is hllnti, to
stop, wbence
be'r
hllnti, to come to
a
stop. From diri, erect,
is
derived
Wrdiri to
be
standing. (Lesson
SO,
Para. 3.) Berjalall , to walk.
Bercbakap, to talk, etc.
4. Taoah Me1ayu, Malay lands, the Federation of Malaya,
as
opposed to the Colony. Tanah MeIaka (
I
), Malaya.
5.
Tuan GubenlOf, tI
le
Governor. Rumah Tuan Gube'mor, Gov
-cmment House. Toan ResideD the Resident. English official titles
are in gener
al
usc
.
Presiden
(D.),
a President, in Indonesia.
6.
Tu l
is,
to write, is also used for to draw.
7. Or apa boat, what's doing or to d07 which is shortened
in
the
l<edah dial ec t, spoken
in
Penang, to awa t, why?
8. Kolek, a canoe for paddling or sailing. Pe
ro
hu , a fishing boa t, a
Malay sailing ship. Sekochi (I.), a ship's boat.
9. Chioteng, a Chinese term
fo
r a Revenue Officer.
10. Children often usc their name instead of '1'.
II
. Slldah is 'frequently controcted to '
dab
by Malays.
,
EXERCISE
The carpenter has made the
bathing pagar step
s.
When were th
e windows
opened, Awang?
The watchman closed
th
e
doors la
st
night.
I have stopped working
there, Ahmad
(A
mat).
Th
at
person has given
up
drinking, Mohammed.
Her
fa
th
er has r
etu
rned toO
the Malay States.
Wh y was
the
house closed
th
e
day
before yesterday?
His
eld
er
brother has come
to do some w
or
k.
Th
e Governor's carriage has
arr
ived.
1 have learnt to speak
Malay.
The baby
was asl
eep
ate
eight o'clock.
Yeste
rd
ay she drew a
sketch of a person stand
ing
up.
Why has he got ready
th
e
koleh
at
e
th
is hour?
Who has opened this box?
Th
e Chinteng.
I (Mat) have spent ten
cents.
Tukang kayu sudah buat
tangga pagar mandi.
1
Bi la j e n d ~ sudah
bub
Awang?2
Orang jaga sudah tutup
pintu sa-malam.
Saya sudnh
b ~ h c n t j
kcrja
tempat itu, Amat (Mat).2
Orang itu sudah bcrhe
ntP
minum, Muhammad.
Bapa din sudah pulang
Tanah
M
{
lJ\yu.4
Apa schab rumah sudah
tutup kclmarin dulu?
Abang dia sudnh datang
buat
kerja.
Kcreta
Tuan
GuhcmorS
sudah sampai.
Saya sudah helajar chakap
Mclay
u.
Anak k& hil sudah t idor
pukul dclapan.
Kclmarin dia
sudah
tulis
6
gambar satu
orang ber
diri.
Buat apa
7
dia sudah siap
kolek
s
jam ini?
Siapa sudah huka
pl iti
ini?
Chinteng.
9
MallO d h
u
bclanja sa
puloh sen,
40
M L Y M D E E S Y
M L Y M D E E S Y
41
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 27/68
LESSON 20
The
Verb sudah, to finish.
Sudah may be employed as a verb meaning
to
complete,
and in conjunction with the verb habis, used up, finished
off, to signify 'quite
finished'.
VOCABULARY
to say, to tell bilang a
plat
e
to cook masak a bowl, a dish,
to
cut
potong a
cup
to
light,
to fire, to fix, a saucer
to set in order pasang
I
loth
to forget
lupa
paper
NOTES ON EXERCISE
pinggan"
mangkok
piring
kain
kcrtas
1. Sudahl Enougb Sufficient l is used as a command to cease any
course of action.
As
a rejoinder t denotes that action has been taken.
Sampc (L), enough, to su ffic e.
Z
Tukaug masak, a cook, a chef. Masak, ripe (of fruit
),
3. Datok (Dato' or
To
), a grandfather, an honorific employed
towards elder ly people, a commoner chief, an idol.
4. Belanja rumah, an advance for household expenses.
5, Malan
tengah hari, the midday meal, lunch, tiffin. Makan
mal am, dinner, supper. Makan pagi, breakfast.
6. Api is used of any lilS:ht. Api gas, gas. Lampu, a lamp.
7. Or kab,
to
say.
Bilang or
kim
, to count.
8. Sarong, a waist·cl
ot
h, the Malay national dress worn by both
men and women and often called kaiD, cloth, only. Pakai kain, to
wear a sarong. Kaill baju, a sarong and coat, clothes . PakaiaD, clothes
(Lesson 49 ). Kain sarong, a sarong.
9. Only the simple tenses are found in Malay, the others being
tra.n
slat
ed
by indirect methods.
nlcr
e
is
no pluperfect, the clue
bemg found in thc context or in an adverb of time.
10. PeU W-si, an iron box, a s.lfe. Peti wang, a cash-box.
11. Shahballdar, (lit.) port king, 'a harbour-master. Bandar, a
seaport, a town.
11. Jawi Pekan, a nam e applied to the descendants of Moh ammedan
Tamils WllO hav e inter-married with Malays, and are numerous ill
Pcnang. Pekan, a mart, a town.
Kob,
a fort, a town (1.).
13.
In
Indonesia piling, a plate, a saucer, replaces pinqan.
,.
EXERCISE
That's enoughl Stop, Dadl SudahlJ Bl rhl nti-lah, Pa'l
It 's after siX o'clock. Sudah pukuI anam I ~ b e h .
Boy, bring two tea-cups.
It
Boy, bawa dua mangkok
is done, Sir. teh. Sudaht, Tuan.
Tell
the
cook to get dinner Suroh tukang
m s k ~
siap
ready now. I've done
so.
makan n
jam.
Sudah.
1
Kich i, set the old table- K ~ c h i , pasang kain meja
cl
oth to-night. That's lama malam ini. Sudah-
all. lab.
I
forgot
to
say that"
the
writing-paper was used
up
yesterday, Data.
Cook says that" the money
f
or
household expenses is
exhausted, Madam.
Tw
o plates
of
cakes were
finished off la
st
nig
ht
,
Puteh. How was that?
I
have finished chopping
up
the
fir
ewood, grandad.
We
had fish for lunch yes
terday,
at
midday.
The
electric lights are lit
aUC
round Johore Bahru.
He
says
that
O
an aged man
brought some Pulikat
(cotton-pri
nt
) sarongs.
This
place is cold. I have
had the
fire lit (called a
person to light
the
fire).
The
little children had
fini
s
hed
supper
by
then.
The
Harbour-master's office
safe is ready. Fix
it
up.
The
Jawi Pekan clerk has
counted the saucers.
Saya sudah lupa bHang
kl rtas tulis habis kcJ-
marin, Dato'.s
Tukang masak bilang duit
bclanja
4
rumah sudah
habis,
MOOt.
Dua
pinggan kueh habis sa-
malam, Puteh (Teh).
Macham mana itu?
Saya sudah habis potong
kayu api, To'. I
Kita sudah makan ikan
toogah
harP
sa-malam.
Apj6 lektrik sudah pasang
kl liling Johor Barn.
Dia bilang
1
orang
dah
tua
bawa datang sarongs (or
kain) P ~ l e k a t .
Tempat tnt sl jok. Saya
sudah panggiI orang pa
sang
api.
Budak ktkhil sudah habis
makan
m l m ~
itu jam.
9
p ~ t i
b ~ s i l O
opise shahban
dar 11
sudah. Pasang-Iah.
K&-ani Jawi
P ~ k a n 1
sudah
habis biIang
1
piring.
18
42
M A L AY l\'I A D E EASY
"
M A L AY M A D E EASY
43
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 28/68
LESSON
21
The Verb: Future Tense.
The future is commonly formed by the use of the
auxili
ary verb
nanti, to wait, await,
sha
ll or
will.
I t may also be indicated by the presence of a word
denoting fu
tur
ity.
to go out
to re turn,
ba
ck
to come in
to answer, a reply
to pay
VOC B
UL RY
ki :luar
balek
masok
jaw
ab
bayar
a garden
a church
a theatre, show
a cooking-place. a
stove, a kitch
en
a store, a shop
NOTES ON EXERCISE
kebun
~ r e j
wa
yang
dapor
gudang
1.
Gudang, a godown, a storeroom, a warehouse, a European store
or shop. G long, a stone building. In Indonesia tOK a, a storc,
shop; sepen (D.), a pantry.
2. Wayang
or
komedi (D.), any theatrical
SlIOW.
\V
ayang kuda. ·
a circus. \Vayang gambar (or gf lap, dark) or hioskop (D.), a cinema,
a bioscopc. Baugsawa n, the ,Malay op<:ra.
3. Bajn tutup, a button·up tunic coat. J
as
(D.), a coat.
4. Keda i (or nunah,
I. )
maka n,
an
eating·house. a restaurant. also
kedai nasi , a Mohammedan restauran t.
5.
TIle H
ylams or
Hainanese are a Chinese
race
from the island
of
Hainan who seek 'employment
in
Mala),a
as
cooks, servants, and
keepers of coffee-shops and restaurants. '
6. Orang Makau, a Cantonese. as the first arrivals came from the
Portuguese colony
of
Macao, in K",,'angtung.
7.
Masok kelja, to enter on the duties of.
8. Nanti, presently, shortly, often begins or ends a sentence.
especially in Indonesia. It
is
not
usoo
negatively
in
the fnture.
Nanti malam (I.), this evening. Nanti saya ooyar, waitl I'll pay .
9. T uka ug kebun, a gardener. 1
be
Kebnn,
as
he is called for
short
by
Europeans,
is
usually a Javanese or a Tamil. .
10. A
km
about to, 511all, will. often takes the place of an auxiliary
to fonn the future tense. Ta'ak
an
,
it
can't
be.
I L Or halas, to requite, to repay, to reply to a letter.
l Z. Kedai or mmah
(1. ), cha
udu, an opium saloon. Chandu, pre
pared opium, was a Government monopoly in Malaya, at one time.
,
,
•
. ,
J
.
EXERCISE
He will re turn at one o'clock,
Inche.
To- morrow, Sunday, we
shall go to church.
The ship will come in at six
this afternoon.
When
will
the stores close,
Majid?
TO-night
the
new K.L.
theatrical company will
perform.
Th e cinema will be over at
eleven.
Get rea dy my tunic-coat, I
shall go ou t 'for a walk.
Who is going to look after
the restaurant?
A
Hy
lam is going to open a
co ff
ee-shop.
This Cantonese woman
s
going to take up work as
amah to-morrow.
L ater on this afternoon
they
are
going to play
Rugby football, Osman.
In due course, I will pay
the gardener's wages.
Daud you
are
to use the
syce's kitchen by and by.
In time, the head-teacher
will reply to your letter.
The proprietor of th
is
eating-house is going to
use an old chandu-shop.
Dia nanti balck pukul satu,
Ench
ek
,
Bes ok. hari minggu, kita
(nanti) pergi gercja.
Kapal nanti masok pukul
anam pCtaug ini.
Bila gudang
1
nanti tutup,
Majid?
Malam jui wayang
2
baru
Kuala Lumpur (K.L.)
uanti main.
Wayang gambar
2
nanti
habis pukul sa-MIas.
Sial) baju
tutu
pS saya nanti
keluar lX rjalan.
Siapa nanti. jaga
kM
ai nasi
4
ito?
Sa
to
nanti buka
k
Cd
ai kop
i,
m Makau
6
Ill l
nanti masok kerju amah
bcsok.
N
anti.
8
pHang ini dia orang
main bola ragbi
e
, Osman
(Man).
Nanti
8
saya bayar gaji
tukang kebun. l
Da
ud
pakai dapor sais
nanti.8
Nanti
8
guru bcsar akan
10
jawab 11 surat engkau.
Tunn ki dai makan
4
m
nanti pakai satu kMai
chandu
l2
lam a.
M L Y M A D E E A S Y
M L Y M D E E S Y
45
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 29/68
LESSON 22
The Future
T
ense formed by the
verb
mao (or maim) to
wa
nt.
Th
e
future
is
al
so
freque
ntl y formed
by
the u
se of th
e
verb
mall,
to want, to wish to, to propose to,
will.
VOCABULARY
to follow
to lock, a key
to replace, a suhsti.
iku
tO
kunchi
lute ganti
to ask fo r minta
to help tolong
rig
ht
left
fin e, excellent
sho
rt
pretty
NOTES ON EXERCISE
kanan
kid
bagus
pendek
chantek
L
JUmp
a, to encounter, come across.
Blrj
umpa, to meet.
2. Balek, to return to. Case may
he
determined from the context
as well as by
the
use
of
prepositions. Salek, reversal, to turn. Halek
kanan, to turn to the right. Salek, back of. Balek pintu. behind the
door.
3. Sekoiah, a school. Gambar, a figure, an image. Slk
o13
h
ga
mbar,
a school for stuffed specimens, a museum.
4.
Glreja blsar, a big church, a cathedral. In
Malara
a Roman
Catholic Church
is
called G6reja P6ranchis,
th
e French, or Gl reja
SErum, th
e Eurasian Church,
as so
many of them are Catholics, but
in Indonesia GE reja Romsh,
5.
HEndak,
to
want, desire, a wish, an intention, is
also use
d for
'will' to form th e future and abbreviated to 'nak.
6. Minta, to ask
for.
t has the for
ce
of 'Pl ease' when prefacing a
r
eq
ues t and
is
oftcli used ' in
the
place of bawa, for 'bring me' or
'
give
me'. Tolong, to assist,
is
similar
ly
used f
or
please, e.g. tolong
tutup
pintu, please shut the door. There is no equivale
nt
of please
except
sib,
be pleased to.
7. ~ m p du
dok, a place to sit, a seat, an address.
8. Makan bEsar, a big feed, a feast. a dinner party.
9 . Mau, are to, requi red to, must. Suka mau, wa nt to. In
so
me
constructions mau stands for
to
only.
10 . Makan kEchil , a savoury, hors·d'oeuvre, little eats.
I I.
The
Ceylonese in Malaya consist of some Cingalcsc (Sinllalese)
merchan ts and numbers of Jaffna Tamils 'from north·east Ceylon in
ra
ilway or clerical employ.
12.
Or
elok, beautiful, handsome. Elok·lab, that' s fine.
EXERC
ISE
'What
do
you
want?
I
want
to ask for work.
We wa
{}t
to see the short
gen tleman.
To-morrow
shall return
to
ll
Macassar, Bo·sun.
\Vh
ere
are
the keys? mean
to lock the box.
To the right, Syce.
They
want
to go to the
Museum.
Follow
the
r
oad
on the
left;
we
wish to see
th
e
cathedra
l.
Very we ll, Sir.
Wh
o is going to take the
. Magistrate's place?
The
o
ld
District
Offi
cer
(D.O.)
Pekan
will act as
a substitute.
Please
help
m
e.
I
want
to
reply to this le
tt
er.
Bring a seat , these
peo
ple
intend to sit down.
Eight people are coming to
the dinner party to-night,
Ramasamy
(I am
il
.
You are to
pr
epa
re
someo
nice savouries, cook.
I wa
nt
to reckon up how
many napkins there are.
He
pr
oposes to cut o
ur
wages byo a dollar.
She wa nts to look at
this
prett
y Ceylon stone.
Apa mau? Saya
mau minta
kerja.
Kita mall jumpa
1
Tuan
pend
ck.
Besok saya mall balek
ll
Mekasar,
Wa
serang.
Mana
klUlChi? Saya mall
kunchi peti.
Kanan
sais.
Dia
orang
mau
pergi sekolah gam
bar.'
lkut
jalan kiri: kita
mau
tengok gereja besar
.4
Baik, Tuan.
Siapa hCndak t'i ganti
Tuan
Majistrete?
Tuan
Distrik
e
Op
sire (D.O.)
Pekan
lama
mau
ket'ja
ganti.
Minta
tolong.
6
Saya
mau
balas surat
ini
Minta
6
tempat
dudok,
1
orang
ini mau dudok.
Delapan orang mall datang
makan besa.r8 ini malam,
Ramasamy,
Kuki
mau
/ siap makan
kechil
iO
ha
gus.
Saya mall kira
berapa tuala
tangan
(nepkine)
ada
.
Dia
mall
potong
gaji. kila
sa-ringgit.
Dia
suka
mau
G
tengok
batu
selon
chanteklZ
ini.
46 M L Y M D E
E A S Y
?o.'I L Y
M D E
E S Y
47
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 30/68
LESSON 23
Do, Does, Did.
The auxiliary verb do , does, did, is not rendered into
Malay when preceded by an interrogative or when form
ing part of
a
negative sentence. (Lesson 32.)
When
used emphatically it can
be
translated
by the
verb ada, to be.
to
buy
to sell
to know
to take, to fetch
to search, to look for
VOCABULARY
beli
to deposit, to put
jual to raise, to
lift,
to
tahu
remove
ambil to borrow
chari to clean, to wash
to receive
NOTES ON EXERCISE
'aroh
angkat
pinj m
chuchi
terima
1. Apa macham, what sort?
in
what
way? how? Also
'H
ow
are
things? ' or
'Wha
t the dickens '
'What's
this '
2. Tengku, a prince or princess. Tengku ampuan, a queen consort.
Engku, a title of one of royal blood. Tuanku, your t..fajesty, a ruling
sovereig
n.
'ku, your highness;
yes,
sir
e.
Sultan, a sultan. Rijen
E.},
a
Regent. Radin (I. ), a prince; Pangernn, a noble.
3. Or gubi, to curry. Kari nasi, curry and
rice.
Rijstbfel
,:I
Dutch.
I\hlay cu
rry
meal. Komia, a rich, spiced meat stew, usually of mutton.
4.
TeJo( barn, new·laid or fresh
eggs
. Bam, fresh.
5.
SlIciah,
to be finished, is used in the sense of past, ago. Min
gg
u
sudah, the past we
e
k.
Tahun sudah, last
year
.
6. Ambil, or an\bek, to take, to remove, to get. \\ hen the object
is not already
in
the hands it
is
usual to add ambil or angkat, Ambit
ini
bawa
plrgi. here, take tllis away. Angkat ini
bawa
masok, pick
this up and take it in.
7. A
wo
rd m
ay be
stressed vocally or by placing it first
in
a
sentencc,
as
that
is
the empllatic position
in
a Malay clause. Bosar
·bll )
(umah itll . Big, indeed, is tllat house.
S. Or Mongerfi, to understand, from ern, meaning.
9. Angkat, to lift up, to take away, to bring
in,
to adopt.
10. Shekh, a Sheikh, a tcrm of respect ,
for
leading Arabs other
than Syeds. Shekh haji, a pilgrim broker.
11. Or tinggal, to live, to stay, to remain,
to be
left over.
12. Ada, is
it
a fact that, is employed colloquially
for
'do' in
questions.
Ada or
sudah, I did, I have.
13. Klropok, a IVa'fer of prawns or fish. Kcropok udang, a prawn
crisp. Udang, a prawn .
EXERCISE
How does one is one to)
cook
this,
Tengku?
Why
do .
you
want to know?
It's a Malay curry.
Where did Engku
put
the
keys? Who knowsl
H
ow
many fresh eggs did
you buy last week, Ah
Heng?
(a
Chinese).
Which land
did
you sell
yesterday?
How does
he
know your
house, Sir?
What do you want? I wallt
to borrow money.
What, has someone cleaned
this? The coolie did.
Who
went
to
fetch
the
young lady's slippers last
night? Sulong did.
He does eat mustard. Do
yOll und erstand?
I
did look for the lost
stocking
at
that tim
e.
Why did you take the rice
plates away, Hamid?
In
what year did you re
turn
to Labuan, Mydin?
Where do you reside, (Si r)
Sheikh? Acheen.
Did
your Majesty receive
the kropok? I did.
Apa macham mau masak
ini, Tengku?2
Apa pasal mau tabu? Ini:
karP Melayu.
Mana
E n g k u ~
taroh kWl
chi? Siapa tahu
Berapa telor ayum baru"
lu
beli minggu s u d a h
All.
Heng?
Tanah mana fngkau sudah.
jual kelmarin?
Macham mana dia tabu
Tuan
punya nunah?
Apa mall? Saya mau pinjam
wang,
Apa, ada orang sudah chuchi
ini? Kuli ada.
Siapa
ada
pC
rgi
ambito}'
sf lipar& l\lisi sa-malam?'
Sulong ada.
Ada
1
dia (or din ada)
makan m tad .
Tabu
S?
Ada
1
saya chad sctokingf "
hHang tempoh itu.
Apa sebab Hamid
sudah
angkat
9
pinggan nasi?
Tahun
apa Maidin balek
Labuan?
Mana To' Shekh
lo
punya
tbnpat dudok
?
Ac
heh.
Ada
12
Tuanku
2
tcrima
ki ropok?13 Ada.
' 2
48
l\'I L A Y l\'I D E E A S Y
M L Y M D E
E A S
Y
49
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 31/68
LESSON
24
Interrogation.
The
int
errogative particle kah. used as a su
ffi
x to
the
emphatic word in a clause, implies n
qu
estion,
but
no
inversion is necessary to express a
qu
ery.
In conversation kah
is
usually omitted as the tone of the
voice
with
i
ts rising inflection and
que
stioning emphasis
on tho requisite word is s
uffi
cient.
VOCABULARY
to sew jahit Ito faU
to mix champor to Keep, to store
to ' sweep, to wipe. to throwaway to get
to smear sapu
I
id of
to
run lari
to
br
eak in bits
to hear, to l isten dcngar
Ito
elease, to let go,
to quit, free
NOTES ON EXERCISE
jatoh
5imp
an
huang
polchoh
It pa s
1. tApas,
to
be loose, to escape ,
aftel .
Kllda Ifp3S, a loose or a
runawa y horse. tApas sa·bubn, after a month.
2. Kf lllej:a mab m
(o
r keras), still dress--shirt. Klr:a
$,
hard , stiff,
tough, strong
(o
f I
e:
ll drink), severe
(o
f illness).
3
Tu
bng
jahit
or tukang pakean (I.),
a
tailor.. O*rji, an Indi3.n
tailor, a durzce. Meshin jabit, a sewing-machine.
4. In Indonesia apa, what, is often used at the beginning of an
i
nt
errogative clause
to
denote a query. Apa chllana pendek $udah
sldia, are the sh
or
ts rcady?
5, Pukui
(o
r ambit) g.'llllim , to
tlk
e a photo. Pukul is used idio·
matically
in Malaya. Pukul
ta
lipun, to telephone.
6. Kah
is
nCl'e r used if it im pa irs
th
e b:Jlan ce of a senteucc. It
llIay
be
omitted from
all
tI
le
instances gi
ve
n whether in brackets or
not and is seldom used ill Indon
es
ia .
7. Simp;Ill , to store up, to hoord. to put by, to
pa
ck.
S, Keris, a kris, a da
gge
r, the Malay national weapon,
wh
ieh
normally h
as
a characteristic
~ v y
edge,
9. Salah. wrong, amiss, takes the I)lace of the Engl
is
h prcfix 'mis',
Salah pukul, to mi
s_
hit. Snap, a mistake.
10, Patah, to bre
ak in
m·o. Putus, to break (
as
thread).
11. The
word
is often rcpeated
in
ans ... CIS.
EXERCISE
What did he say? Is that
bull loose?
What's
tha
t Has the post.
. man fallen on the steps?
Have they run off home?
That's fin e
Has the co
ll
ar
fo
r the
dress-shirt been washed?
Has the tailor got the
shorts read
y?
They are
rea
dy
, Sir,
What, does he
int
end to
sweep out the bedroom?
Ha\'e you thrown away the
bath
wa
t
er
, Siti?
Drive on, Syce When do
we reach the iron jetty?
Wh
o
is
cl
ever
at taking
children's photographs?
Is dinner ready, Boy? It's
ready. Bring it
in
,
Ts that
the main Post
Offi
ce? Ri
ght
, th
afs
it.
Did you (poli te) hea r them
take away th
e
wa
rdrobe
(Mr
.)
O mar? '
What on " earth· arc yo u
putting
away? A krisl
Do
yo
u rea
li
se, Minah, th is
has been mixed all wrong?
r know, Miss.
. Has Inche heard that" the
bowl is broken? I've
heard
it.
Apa dia bilang?
Limbu
jan.
tan itu
I ~ p a s l -kah
?
Apa itu Orang bllwa pos
jntoh tangga (-kah)?
D
in
orang sudah lari
pulang
(
·kah
)? Bagu
s
Kolart'
m e j a
malam
:
sudah
chuchi (-kah)?
Tukang
jallit
3
sudah
sM
ia
4
st
lunr pendck (.kah)?
Sudnh sIM ia, Tunn.
Apa
,4 dia
mau
sapu
bUck
t
t mpat
t i
dor
(-kah
)?
Ayer mnndi. sudah hu ang
(
.k
ah)? Siti.
1)
Jal
nn
, sais Bila-
kah
kila
mau sampai jeti
ll ~ s i
Siapa-kah pnndai pukul
gamba tl budak?
Makan siap
G
Bo
y?
Sudah
siap. Angkat-Iah.
Itu-kah pas opisll M:sar?
Bt tul,
itu
dia.
Ada-kah awak dia
orang angkat almari
Che' Omnr? '
Engkau b ngah simpan
1
apa-kah?
Min ah (fI tahu-kah ini sudah
salah ' champor?
Sara
tahu, Misi.
Chc' ada dt ngar.kah mang·
kole sudah ptthah O? Ada
dcngar.
11
50
M L Y
?I.
'I D E EAS Y
M L Y M
ADE
EAS Y
51
EXERCISE
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 32/68
LESSON 25
The Creation of Transitive from
Intransitive Verbs.
Colloquially an intransitive verb can be given a transit ive
meaning
by
prefixing the verb k
as
i, to give.
a mosquito-net
VOCAB
U
LARY
keiambu a bird
tilam" a dog
mattr
ess
a cushion,
a blanket
a Bag
a pillow banta a cat
sclimut
an
animal
b ~ n d e r a duck
NOTES ON EXERCISE
bw-ong
anjing
ku
ching
binatang
itckO
I. Kas i, to give,
is
used in Singapore and Indonesia, but b:a"i, to
give, il
l
I'enang. Blri, to give. fUri tallu, to tell. ..
2. Kasi jatoh or bagi jalolI, to let fall, to drop, from jalo
li
, to fal l.
Kasi klluar, to gct
out
, to give out, to
put
out, to turn out, fro m
'kl i
wT,
to
go
out. (
Le
sson 50, Para. 6.)
3. Kas i baldi:, to give ood::. from balek, to go back. Kasi kembali,
to gi\'e back,
in
Indonesia, from kfmbali, to rcturn . Kas i pubmg, to
return to the orieinal owners, from pulan
g,
to return to one's starting
point.
4. SIflimut,. a
coverlet,
a
rug.
KaiD tlmp
at
tidor
or ehadar,
a
shee
t.
In Indonesia
slplrai
(D.), a bedspread, a sheet.
5. Kasi klchil, to r
ed
uce in size, from klehil, sma ll.
6 K
as
i pallas,
to h
ea
t
up, from panas, h
ot.
7.
Kasi
mab n,
to
feed, from malan,
to
eat.
8. Ka
si
masok,
to
let
in, 'fro nl
masok,
to
come in.
9. Kasi tengok , to show, from tcngok , to see.
10
. Kasi
ta
llll, to
te
ll , to inform,
fr
om b hu , to know.
11 .
Or
guling (I.), a bolster, from guling, to roll .
12. Kasi heM, to mend, to put right , from hetul, co rrect.
13. Bag i dua, to halve. Bagi tiga, to d
iv id
e in th ree, etc. Bahagi,
t o apportion, to divide, is pronounced bagi.
. Kasi malldi, to bath, from ma ndi, to bathe.
15. Anggor or ayer anggor, wine. Buah anggor, grnpes.
16. Kasi pinjam, to lend,
fro
m pinjam, to borrow.
17.
Or
kabu·k.:Ibu , tree·cotton, which
is
extremely buoyant.
Drop
the mosquit
o-
net at
night. My mistake.
Cet out a Turkish Rag; I
wish to
sec
it.
Cive back the two pillows
th
e day after to-morrow.
The washerman has re
turned
the
sheets.
Bring the n
ew
tablecloth,
Hussein;
I
want
to
make
it smaller.
Warm
up th
e duck;
we
will have
it
forO lunch.
Th
e garden
er
fed. the
animals. Excellent
Wh
o let the cat in? The
ayah did
Show me th
at
pretty bird,
Timah (Fatimah).
He wants
to
tell you that
O
the Dut
ch wife has ar
rived.
Th
at's good
Your wrist-watch
is
wrong.
Put
it
right.
Take' this money and divide
it
in two. Sign your name.
Th
e Tukang Ayer is
10
ba
th
th
e dog to-day.
Put
in
someo ice and cool
this bottle of wine.
Le
nd
me ' a kapok mat
tress n place of this on
e.
J,f.
1ro .E
.-
Kasi
l
jatoh
2
kl lambu malam
hari. Saya punya silap.
Kasi
k ~ l u a r
b ~ n d e r a Turki
saya mau Jibat.
Kasi bal
ek3
dua banta itu
lusa.
Dobi sudah leasi
pulang
kain
sl
limut.
4
Bawa kain meja
Hu
sainj saya
mau
kOchil .
bru"U,
kasis
Kasi panas
8
itck
j
kita ma
kan tcngah baei.
Tukang kl bun sudah kasi
makanT binatan
g.
Bagus
Siapa
ada
kas i masok
s
lruching? Ayah
ado.
Kasi tcn
go
k
9
burong chantek
itu, Timah
er
)
(
Mah
).
Dia mau kasi
tahu
lO
bantal
panjangll sudah sampai.
Baile
Jam
langan
l
ngkau salah.
Kasi bl tuJ.l2
Amha duit
n
hagi dua.
18
Kasi saine nama.
Tuk:mg ayer mall kasi
mandP4 anjing hari ini.
Tar
oh aise kas i sejok bolol
anggor
H
•
ini.
Kasi pinjam\6 tilm.n kapokl1
ganti ini.
5
M L Y M D E
E A S Y
M L Y M A D E
EA S Y
53
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 33/68
LESSON 26
The Verb bikin, to make.
In
kitchen Malay the Verb boon, to make, is also used
to give a transitive meaning to certain intransitive verbs
and to give a verbal form to various adjectives.
clean
dirty
wet
dry
hright, clear
VOCABULARY
berseh
kotor
basalt
kcring
t ~ r a n g
dark, darkness
easy, restful
difficult, trouble
bad, wicked
tired
NOTES ON EXERCI
SE
g ~ J a p
scnang
susah
jahat
pblat-
1. Botb bikin
and ka
si supply
the
place of the English suffix
cn
which chan
ges
certain adjectiv
es
into their corresponding verbs. Bikin
panjang, to make longer, to lengtllCn. Bikin si:Jp, to ge t ready. Bikin
berseh,
to
make clean. Bikin chantek,
to
make beautifuL Bikin 'besar,
to enlar
ge.
2. 'Make them clean',
The
pronoun
is
freq uently introduced
between the auxiliary and the word which i t governs.
3. W
..
ng
lelrtas, a banknote. Surat hutang. an I. O.U.
4. Bikin, or bllat
(I.),
for, for tlle purpose df, in order to. Sewa
tluat satu jam 1.), the hire for one hour.
5. In this conte:1It 'too small' and 'too long'.
6.
Baile
,
it
were
as
well,
it
would be a good thing.
7.
Ka5i
blsar, to enlargc. Kasi klchil api, to
tum
down a light.
8. Bikin
baile,
to
do a thing
well
. Bikin jallat,
to
do ill. Bikin
portret (I.). to do a portrait, to take a picture. Bikin mati,
to
put out (as a light). Mati, dead, extinguished (of lamp
s)
.
9.
Wan,
a title denoting descent from a chie'f.
10. Mari, come on, let's. Ayo (
I.
), or jum (Penang), come along
11. Tinggal.lah, stay put , an informal 'goodbye'. The word
slbmat
safe, replaces the English 'good' in such phrases as SElamat
jabn
farcw.el -to those departing, and Sllamat tinggai, Good·bye-to t h o ~
rCmammg. Stfumat. Good health I Sliamat tidor, Good.night, a
European usage,
12. Saiyid. a Syed, a. title given to all reputed descendants of the
Prophet, the
~ o m e n
being called Saripah, from Sharifah . noble lady.
Syeds and HaJIS arc called
Tuan
by Mala
ys
and so arc Saripahs.
13 . The Arabs in Malaya all come 'from the Hadhramaut.
EXERCiSE
Lengthen the dining table
Bikin panjang
1
meja makan
dua
kaki.
y" two feet.
Boy, get the seats ready and"
clean them.
I
intend to make
this
cush
ion look nice.
Take five dollars in paper
money for expenses on the
way.
Take away tlus
fi
sh for cook
ing into kedgeree.
My elder sister makes cakes
for sale.
His coat is too small and"
wants to
be
enlarged,
This stick's too long and"
needs to
be
shortened.
Your garden is dirty;
it
were
as well to clean it.
Th e damp shirt has been
dried out.
The
sittmg-room is dark;
turn up the light and
brighten it.
The food is to
be
nicely
done to-night.
To
do
ill
is easy: to do good
is difficult, Wan.
I
am tired of doing work;
come on, let's go home.
Good-bye ( I'm off.)
Farewelll
Tuan
Syed, re
plied the Arab, putting
out the light,
Boy, bikin siap1 b ~ m p a t
dudok kasi dia
2
bOrseh.
1
Saya mau bikin chantek
1
bantal
ini.
Ambil wang kertas
S
lima
ringgit bikin
4
b ~ l n j
jalan.
Bawa pergi ikan
ini
bikin
4
masak kijri,e
Saya punya k le k masak
kueh bikin
4
jual.
Baju dia
k ~ h i l
mau bikin
bcsar.
Kayu ini panjang,6 mau bi
kin pendek.
K ~ b u n
engkau kotor;
baik
bikin f*rseh,
Kemeja basah itu sudah
bikin kering.
Bilek dudok
kasl
b ~ r
terang.
ada
apF
gelap;
bikin
Makan mau boon baik3
ini
malam.
Bikin jahat8 sbtang:
buat
baik susah, WanD.
Saya sudah
penat
bikin
kerja; marpo kita pu
lang. Tinggal
ll
_lah
9
,
Selamat jalan
l
Tuan
Saiyid
U
, jawab orang
Arab,Is bikin mati api.s
54
M L Y M D E E SY
M L Y
M D E
E S Y
55
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 34/68
LESSON 27
The Passive Voice.
The
passive voice can always
he fanned
by
prefixing
the particle di to a verb in its root form.
In everyday speech, however, it is often expressed by
using the verb
k ~ n a
to incur, to experience, placed before
the verb.
VOCABULARY
to bite gigit
to seize, to catch,
to
arrest tangkap
to drive away halau
o
to shoot tembak
to
be angry, anger marah
to change, to alter,
to exchange
tuk r
to tie, to fasten ikat
to restrain, to stop.
to endure taban
to
tum,
to revolve pusingo
to steal churl
NOTES ON EXERCISE
1.
Or di.gigit
anjing.
bitten by a dog. Di·marah, censured, etc.
The subject of the sentence precedes the verb which
is
followed by
a noun
or
pronoun denoting the agent
by
whom an act is done, the
preposit ion by , however, being omitted but understood.
The
passive construction can often be avoided in conversation by employing
th
e ac tive voice.
Z. Kllpala, a headman, a leader.
Kitua,
an elder, a non-C<immis-
sioned officer. Kitua kampong, a village headman.
J.
Orang
salah, a wrong·doer, a prisoner, an accused.
4. Tukar,
to
transfe
r.
Tukar duit, to change money.
5.
J
ah. 1t,
vicious (of animals); dangerous (of disease).
6.
Or puur (I.), to
turn,
to
twist. Pusing klpala, vertigo . Pusing,
to
tum r.bout, is used loosely for to turn . Pusing kanan,
to tnm
righ t.
7. Tnkar,
to
interchange. Tukar kain,
to-
change,
to
dress.
8. Kompelli, company, government, from tile old East India
Company which
was
the Government whilst it lasted.
9. Oleh, by, emphasises the agent. Oleh slbab, by reason
of
. Dck,
by,
is
used by Malays CQl10quially for oleh.
10. Anak, an offspring, corresponds to the English diminutive ling .
Anak hurong, a fledgling, a little bird.
I I. Padi, paddy, the rice plant, unhusked rice, which
is
called
blras when it is hulled, and n
asi
when cooked.
12. Pusing, slang for to diddle . Terkena, to be taken in.
EXERC
IS E
I was bitten
by
a dog last
. month, Sharif.
The
labourers foreman has
inc
urred the
boss s anger.
People who
o
steal money
will
be
arrested
That
animal has been tied
up, Kassim.
An escaped prisoner was
caught to-day.
The ship s captain had been
transferred then.
The
bad-temper
ed
dog has
bcen driven away.
Your carriage is
be
ing held
up y the Police, Sir.
This screw wants to
be
twisted round, Aziz.
She is giddy, having been
struck by a stone,
In
the
middle
of
the night
Yacob s coat was changed.
Some government stuff was
stolen by Kuala Kungsar
folk last night.
Our
hedge has been eaten
by cattle, Pawan.
The
little birds eating the
padd
y were shot at.
We have been cheated
by
.
the shopkeeper.
Saya kena
gigit
anjing
1
bulan sudah, Sharif.
.Kepala
2
orang kuli sudah
kena marah Tuan dia.
Orang churi duit nanti kena
tangkap.
Binatang
ito
s
udah
kbl
a
ikat, Kasim.
Orang salah
3
lari kens
tangkap hari
mi.
Kaptan
e
kapal sudah kena
tukar
4
jam itu.
Anjing
i a h a t ~
itu sudah
kens halau.
Kerela Tuan ada kena tahan
polis.e
Sekeru
e
ini
man
kena pu
sing,
6
Aziz.
Dia sudah pusing kepala,6
kena pukul batu.
~ n g a h
malam baju Yakub
sudah
kena tukar.
7
Barang o m ~ n di-churi
oleh
9
orang Kuala Kangsa
sa-malam.
Pagar kita sudah di-makan
dek
9
lembu, Pa wan
Anak burong
10
twgah
makan
padill kena tembak.
Kita sudah Una pusingl2
oJeh
9
tuan kMai.
56 M L Y M A D E
EASY
M L Y M ADE E AS Y
57
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 35/68
LESSON 28
\
Th
e Verb
kba ,
to incur.
The same ve
rb
k ~ a to get, is used in conjunction with
a number of words to form short phrases, when it always
precedes the
word
it qualifies.
Kl1na
may also be used in combination with a verb to
give the mean
in
g of 'got to' or 'have to', 'must'.
wind
rain
smoke
ru,t
mud
VOCABULA
Y
angin
hujan
asap
karat
lumpor
li
me,
chalk
ink
o il , grease
paint
wax, a cand1e
NOTES ON EXERCISE
kapor
dawat
minyak
chat
lilin
1.
Apa Un a, .what
has
happened or occurred? why? In the rc\'ersed
form of kina apa, shortened to Unapa,
it
is a common word for
why? what's wrong?
Al so mlngapa,
why?
Z
An
ak, a child,
in
compound words sometim es describes the
relationship of a
co
mponent part to the whole. Anak tangga, a step,
a rung.
An
ak kUIlChi, a key. Anak wayang, 3
actOr.
Anak sfkolah,
school children.
3 Or kapor. whiting. Sapu kapor, to whitewash.
4.
Sapu chat, to paint (as a house). Kina sapu chat, pain ted, trea ted
with paint. S ~ p u oornis to varnish.
5. Or minyak tanah, crude petroleum . Minyak benzin, petrol.
Minyak tn, tar. GI_noli.: (1.) , grease, fat.
6.
~ b a , a Straits·born Chinese man.
Nyon)-ah,
a Straits·born
Chinese woman. Both are
used
as modes of address.
The Straits·born OIinese, predominantly Hokk
ie
n by descent. are
a
very
progressive, welJ-educated
co
mmunity.
7. Or
di·
malcan brat. rust-eaten. Tahi hlsi, rus t. Tahl, ordure,
dregs, mucus. Tabi lImbu, cow ma nure.
8. The pr
esen
t participle ' ing' in English is
eJ:pressed
by the verb
in its root form,
e.g.
pabi,
using, but the genllld , when the subtect
of a sentence, is sometimes distinguished by itu, that. Churl ito salah,
stealing
is
wrong.
9.
Bwns,
to discard, to remove, to expel. to dismiss, to subtract.
Tohk, to push, to subtract.
10. Tahi , an addict. Tahi minum, :\ drunkard. Kaki or tukang
(I.
)..
a gOCId hand at. Kaki minmll, a grea t drinker.
11. Jatoh sakit, to fall ill Kina
saki
t, to get
sick.
EXERCISE
What's the matter? Have
you los t your job?
Why are these steps broken,
Wa
' o
ld
man)?
This writing room gets the
afternoon sun (wannth).
Th
e
pr
au met with
a stiff
breeze yesterday.
These brushes will get wet
with rain.
That lamp chimney is black
with smoke.
Your white shirt is ink
stained, Sir.
The
ann
of
his
coat
is
dirty
with whitewash.
My trousers are splashed
with mud.
The kitchen table has got
candlegrease on it.
Wood that has
been
painted
lasts a long time.
You must go and fetch two
tins of kerosene.
Baba, you will have to pay
the broker's commission of
t n
dollars.
Why
is
th is knife rust
eaten? Get rid of it byo
using powder.
The Nonya
has
had to
r e ~
turn to look after her
drunken son who
o
is
ill
Apa
kma '?
Sudah buang
k ~ ; a · k a h ?
K«mapa
1
anak g g a ~ ini
p<lchah, W
a'?
Bilek tulis ini k ~ n a panas
¢tang.
Perahu
k ~ n a
angin
k6ras
kt' Imarin.
B us
e
ini nanti basah kl na
hujan.
i m ~ i Jampu itu hitam
kena asap.
Tuan punya ktmeja puteh
ada
kena dawat.
Tangan baju din kotor
kma
kapor puteh.
8
Seluar saya sudah
kooa
lumpor.
Meja dapor
ada
kt' na min·
yak lilin
Kayu kooa sapu chat' tahan
lama.
Engkau kena ~ r g i ambil
dua
tin
e minya,k gas.
1
Baba' nanti kena hayar
kamsen
e
bt rokare sa-puloh
ringgit.
Mengapa
1
pisau ini makan
karat
7
? Pakai
8
podare
buang, '
Nyonyah
6
sudah kcna balek
jaga anak.
dia
taN
minum
lO
jatoh sakit.
l l
58
M L Y M D E
E S Y
M L Y M D E E SY
59
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 36/68
LESSON
29
Adverbs.
\
Adverbs qualifying verbs occupy much the same place
in the sentence as in EnJPish.
Adverbs of degree whI ch qualify adject
iv
es
and
other
adverbs stand generally before the word they qualify with
the exception of sakaIi, most, and sahaja (saja), only. wh ich
invariably follow.
VOCABULARY
more, plus
l ~ b e h
certain, definite tbltu.
less, insufficient kurang many, much banyak
complete, enough. exceedingly, too
sufficient chukup much
t ~ r l a m p a u ·
more, again, still, very, quite, most,
yet lagi altogether sakali
a little, few sedikit only sahaja
or sikit
NOTES ON EXERCISE
1. When 'more' implies another portion,
Iagi is
employed, but
when
it
means
in excess
over a certain figure, llbeb
is
used, though
lagi is
common
in
some cases .
Tiga tahun l.Jbeb, morc than three
'l'iga tahun lagi, three years more. Maseb, or masi (1.), still.
Maseb lagi , while still.
2. Kurang baik, not
so
good, not up to much, inferior.
3 Tllrlalu
(I. .,
surpassingly, very. Lalu, to pass, past, after. Bulan
lalu, the past month.
Th
e prefix tm: to an abverb impli
es
'most'
(Lesson 50. Para. 4
).
Tllrllbeh, most.
4. Banyak, a lot, a quantity, in number; very,
in
bazaar Malay.
Banyak sedikit, a good few. Ta'banyak, few.
5. "When habis
is
used with the auxiliary word mdah,
but
is
placed
after the main verb, it means altogether,
alJ.
6., Habis, total, complete, utter, entirely. Habis bodoh, an absolute
fool. Habis bulan, at the end of the month.
7. Pandai buat, clever at making. Where a preposition is required
in English between an adjective and a verb dependent on it none
is requisite in Malay. '
8. Saliaja, pronounced saja, just. Ada saja. 'it's laid on'.
9. From dikit, small quantity. Sa·dikit, a little.
10. Sangat, very, norrmlly follows the word it qualifies, but am3t,
very, precedes it unl
ess
it means
too ,
EXERCISE
I
have
heard enough.
What
else
is
o there"?
It
's over.
You have swept only a very
little, gardener. ,
Gh'e
this child someo more
pudding. She's very good.
\Ve
want
more wages.
How
much more?
They will certainly be
banished from 0 the state.
The couch
we
bought the
other
day
is inferior. The
Kuala Lipis one.
That Sundaneso woman is
exceedingly pretty.
The onlookers were a fair
number last month.
Wait a little while, I want
to read all the letters.
You are a complete idiot.
Look at this pocket
his
cook
is
very good
at
O
making sauces,
The price is only about one
hundred pounds,
What's Wrong in° asking
for more
O
?
Ifs
very little.
Does that shop stock tinned
goods? They're all o there.
By the end of the month I
shaH be well.
Saya sudah dl ngar chukup.
Apa lagi? Sudah habis.
Tukang kebun
sudah
sapu
slldikit saja.
Kasi budak
ini
IagP puding.
e
Dia
baik sakali.
Kita
mau
H beh
1
gaji. Bl r
apa banyak lagi?
Dia orang Mntu
kbla
buang
n ~ e r i
Kaus'" kita bcli kelmarin
kurang baik.
:l
Kuala Upis
punya.
Pm-empuan Sunda itu
t -
lampau
3
chantek.
Orang lihat slldikit
banyale '
bu1an lalu.
s .
Nanti sikit jam, saya
mau
bacha surat habis.i i
Engkau satu orang habis bo
doh.s Tengok poketo
ni
Tukang masak ini banyakt
pandai buat< sose.
Harga Mbelt kurang sa-ratus
paun
e
saja.
8
Apa salah minta lagi? SlXIi-
kitt' sangat.
10
Ada-kah kedai itu simpan
barang tin? Ada saja.
8
Habis bulan
s
ini saya narlti
baik.
60 M ALAY M A D E
EASY
MALAY MADE
EASY
61
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 37/68
LESSON 30
Adverbs of Place.
An adjective may be used as an adverb
witho
ut ~ n y
change of termination. The r ~ s a - ~ l a h ~ on one
side,
towards,
is
commonly used
in
conjunction w1th the
ad
verbs
of place to form an adverbial phrase.
h
ere
th
ere
the middle
above, on
below, under
VOCABULARY
sini
situ, sana
t ~ n g h
atas
bawah
inside, deep, in
dalam
outside lu
ar
in front, before d4 pan
behind, the back be lakang
the side, edge tq,i
NOTES ON EXERCISE
L Sa.tlngah, or s4'paroh 1.), a half. and so 'partly' ,
2. Sana, over th ere, is used commonly for situ, there .
3.
Bawall, beneath, downstairs. Atas, above, ups
t:lIIs
... Atas sakali, the
very
top. Sakali r
ep
resents the Enghsh
suffix
'mosf .
Bawah
sabli,
bottommost.
5.
Or h:adapan, in front. Hadapt to
fa
ce. Mingadap, . to appea.r
before, a levee.
Tln
taog. facing. Mob,.
frOnt,
outer sur'bce. 01-
muk
a in
fr
ont .
6.
A
Res thouse or
p:lSa
o
gglrlloh:1D (I. ., s t n ~ s for a g o v t
m
m ~ n t
building for officials on tour, wh ere no o
th
er SUitable accommodation
exists.
7. Apa kurang, what's lackin
g?
what s wrong? .
8.
Or
raya, great. Hari rlIoya , a feas t-day, a
? a Y ,
,
9. Banyak takes
th
e place of
the
English termmatlon y meaning
'full 0 ( . Banyak ootu, full of stones, stony.
10. Makan angi n, (lit.) to ea t the air,
to
take .the air.
II.
Depan, n
ex
t, wh en used
in
..connec?on w
lt.h
dates. ,
1
2.
PanggU to desi
gn
at
e,
to
in
V
te:
~ D t panggil .apa, what s th is
called? Ajak, to invi te.
Jlmput,
to IDVlte to ask m. .
13. Pahit, bitter, an d so in European
c rcles
any short drmk or
appetiser
in
wh ich one puts a dash of hitters. . .
14 Helah, to split in two,
to
c
ut
open, to ope.rate;. a side, a .5«:t.'on.
$a·bllab marui, wh ere? Sa·W\ah s:ma, on that Side, In that d
irec
tion.
Tang (for tentang) mana, whereabouts?
I ). Tawh balek, to put back, to replace. Halek sana, beyond.
16.
eberot or
eblrotu, a eheroot, a
cigar.
EXERCISE
How many times have I
said 'Come here'?
Put the buttons partly here
and partly there.
Go and sit over there on
the easy chair.
Help him to
cl
ean the
windows down below.
Place the raincoat on top of
all, Orderly.
Th ere is still some petrol in
fr
ont of
the shops.
You go outside and wait
behind the Taiping Rest
house, Ah Kow.
What's the matter? I've
sought for the washing
li
st high
and
low.
The main road on the other
side is two miles long
and
o
fu
ll of stones.
This bag is heavy; put it a
little on one side.
Take the right-hand road;
w e want to have an out
ing
(g
o for an airing).
On
Tu
esday next have
asked two people to dine
at home.
Place the pahit-table back
towards the centre.
Inside, on the ceiling, there
are many small
in
sects.
Half-way down the road
there is an old man seIl
ing Burmese cheroo t
s.
Derapa kali saya sudah
biJang 'Mari sini'?
Taroh butang
e
sa
.tengah1
sini sa-tengah situ.
~
dudok sana
2
atas
kl rusi maIas.
ToJong dia chuchi jendeIa
bawah.'
Taroh baju hujan atas
sakaIi\
Odeli.
Ada lagi minyak benzin de
pans kedai.
Lu
pcrgi luar nanti M li-
kang reshaus
ll
Taiping, Ah
Kau.
Apa kurang
7
? Saya
sudah
chari l
ise
dobi atas
bawnh
JaJ an besar
s
s ~ b c r a n g sana
ada dua bam p n j n ~
banyak batu.'
Beke ini berat; taroh sa
Minh
t ~ i
soot.
Ambil jaJan s a . - b ~ l a h ka-
nan; kita
mau
pergi
makan angin. l0
Hari dua d ~ p a n l l saya
sudah panggil12 dua orang
mnknn rumah.
Taroh meja pahit13 sa
belah
14
t ~ n g a h balek.Hi
Dalam,
atas silinge, ada
banyak binatang kechil.
Sa.tcngah jaJan ada satu
orang tua jual c h ~ r u t l l 1
Berma.
62 MALAY M A D E E A S Y
:
MALAY
:MADE E A S Y
63
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 38/68
LESSON 81
Adverbs of Time.
Adverbs of time
nr
c used with the demonstrative pro
nouns to obtain a more immediate significance.
Adverbs can also be formed from other parts of speech
. by
reduplication or the use of the
pre.fix
sa, one, or
by
a
combination
of
both methods. (Lesson 47.) .
now
a moment ago
formerly. pre-
vious, past
a fterwards
a mome
nt
VOCABULARY
sckarang
tadi
dahulu. or
dutu
k ~ m u d i a n
s a · k ~
seldom
ever
not
yet
sometimes
always
NOTES
ON
EXERC ISE
jarang
pemah
b61um
kadang-
kadang·
s ~ l a l u
1. A load or ' ful' is translated by prefixing sa, a. to the required
wo
rd: sa.
k lm .
a ca rt·load, sa-piuggan, a plate
ful.
2. SiklIrang ini,
at
once, just now. U ·ini, nowl
3.
Nanti dulu, to wait a while. Jalan dulu, to
go
ahead. Ubeh
dulu,
first. Duln, before. Mula·mula, to begin with.
1. Pronounced thus. Bflabng, next. Habis. 2fter that.
5. Pfbmg·pitang,
every
afternoon. Reduplic:ltion
of
the word fo r
a day. a month. etc., replaces the English suffix 'Iy'. Bulan·bubn
monthly. Hari·hari or sa·bari.hari, daily.
6. Dahulu,
last,
of dates. Tahun dulu, the past
year.
7.
Sa.banyak, as ma ny as. Sa-lama or a-Iag i, so long as.
8. BElnDl
, yet. BElum lagi, not so far. Sa-hilum, befor
e, in
point
of time.
Bllum
is
often
used instead of a direct
negative.
9. Silalu, often . Kemp or sfring leali
(1.),
frequently .
10. Kfjap, to
blink.
to wink. Sa-bfntu (I.), a moment.
II. Tcmpo.tempo I
).
at times. Sa·kaIi ·kaI i, occasionally.
12. Chukup, fully, altogether, quite, in every respect.
13.
BElum pimah,
never yet
at
no time. pfmah is
generally used
negatively.
T
a' pima
h,
not
ever, never.
14.
\Vhen 'and' joins two
verbs
and the subsequent action
follows
immediatel
y,
it
ma
y
be
translated
by
Jangsong, straightaway, or 1a1u,
directly after, or
Janu
s (I.), forthwith.
EXERCISE
Wh
at do you
want
to buy?
A cartl
oad
of
lime.
At the moment I'm bathing
as
it is
already late.
011
this
occasion only, she
wants to borrow oil.
Go to the Bank first
and
then return by tram.
Wait
a bit; I
want
to light
a candle in
th
e kitchen.
He seldom shoots sn ipe of
an
afternoon.
Last week th
ere
w
ere
as
many as ten handcarts
blocking the road.
He likes to
play
cards daily
whilst it rains.
Ha
s amah lea
rnt
how
o
to
sew
with the machine yet?
How do you hope to be
clever, Hashim, being
always
e e ~
Te
ll
me.
Has last
months
receipt for
house rent
been
received
yet? Not as yet.
W ait a moment; he has gone
to get mat
ches.
Sometimes before he goes
out he
locks
the front
door.
He
is
a
very good per
son indeed
and
o
never
angry.
Ju st now I saw a tongkang
(lighter) come in and go
Straig
ht
out back again.
Apa n g h u niau ~ l i
Kapor sa·kereta.
1
Sekarang inP saya mandi
sebab
sudah malam.
Sa·kali ini saja, dia mau
pinjam minyak.
~
benke
dulu
8
kemdian.
pal.:ai
treme
balek.
Nanti dulu
3
; saya
mau
pa
sang lilin dalam dapor,
Dia
jarang tembak burong
senaipe petang'pctang, I
Min
ggu . dulu'
ada sa·ban- .
ya1:
1
sa-puloh kereta tan
gan tutup jalan.
Din suka main kate sa.harl
hnri
sa·lama
ada
hujan.
Amah sudah belajar jahit
mcshin belwn
8
?
Macham mana Hashim
mau pandai, selalu' tidor.
Bi1an
g-Iah.
Rasite sewa rumab
bulan
dulu s udah terima belum?
Bcium lagi.8
Nanti sa_kejapl0; dia ada
p gi
ambit machis
e
•
Kadang.kadang
sa·b( lum
ll
dia
p ~ r g i
luar
dia kunchi
pintu de
pan
.
Dia satu orang chukup 2
baik, belum pernah
l1
mnrah.
Taw saya nampak tong
kung
masok
langsong
l
ktHuar balek.
6
MALAY
MA
DE
EAS
Y
M A L A Y MADE EA S Y
65
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 39/68
LES
S
ON
32
Affirmatives, Negatives a
nd
Prohibitives.
The direct affirmative la, yes, in answ
er
to a
qu
ery. is
considered abrupt and is generally avoided by an abbre
viated reply containing either the auxiliary or some other
emphatic word taken from the question.
Tidak
,
no, or ta', not,
is
a
sim ple
den
ial which
qu
alifies
a
se
ntence and precedes the verb or
its
aux iliary, bu t, as a
direct negative. politeness requires either a conventional
phrase or a nega tive sentence.
Bukan, no indeed, which
qu
alifies the w it precedes.
is an em
phatic
n
ega
tive implying th e op
poslt
e.
The prohibitive "
don
't is jangan.
Honor
ifi
c terms or sahaya, I, arc used as polite rejoin
ders in the affi rmative.
yes
no, not
not
don't
pe r
haps
VOCABULARY
all
fa
yn
tidak
bukan
jangun
burangkati
near
qui c
kl
y
slowly
NOTES ON EXERCISE
semun
jauh
dekat
Jekas
o
p ~ r l a h a n
L
8uk
:
III
, or isn' t there? isn't it? etc. In a negative
question bukau, not, asks for confirmation:
2.
Tidak ada, ta'ada or t
m ,
has not, IS not, are not, etc. T ada
bi
rh
ln
t
i,
CC2 e1ess. Tada asa
p,
smokeless. In Indonesia the contrac_
tion ta '
is
seldom
u
sed.
Oak, sh
ort
'fo r no.
3.
sA
al'llng,
ro-
night.
l a m
tadi,
last nig
ht
.
...
Saka li
.kali,
at
all, ever, fro m
saka
li, quite.
5. In questions the ncgative altemati\'e
is
often used.
6. Jalan
leaki
, to go 0 11
foot.
Jalan b ut , to go by
sea.
7. Bukan m
ai
n, no joke, ll
Y
very. Bukall sikit,
lots.
8. Or dl
l'llJ,
speed,
fast. Ch
lpat,
quic
k,
hurry
up,
soon.
9. Or memang, just, naturolly, as :I matter of course.
10. Potons, to kill an animal, to carve, to operate.
II.
M
asa
k. to
boil
(o f water). M6ndideh, to boil, to bubble.
n
A
colloquialism. Ya, O Ya Allah, 0 lo
rdi
EXERCISE
Co qu ite slowl
y,
Syce. Very
well, Sir.
There's more cake, isn't
there? There's no ' mo
re
,
Madam, it's all gone.
Perhaps the padre will
not return to dine this
evening. Yes, Sir
I hear that
O
the wharf is far
away. 111at s not
ltD
That new mosquito-net does
not belong to your mas ter.
I know it doesn't.
She doesn't want to Ji
ve
nea r there as th ere are
no shops. That's hue.
There arc no bolsters at
all. You know that, don't
r
ou? Yes, Sir.
AI men do not run fast; am
I rig
ht
or not?
Isn't
it
correct that"
he
won't go on foot?
es
That motor-car travels a t no
ordinary speed.
My, what a fooll He just
does not know how to
perform a Boy's work.
I
never carve the chicken
in the kitchen.
Is t
he
milk boiling or not?
Not as yet, Jenab.
A
dozen (ten) times
I
(am
ah
)
have told you
not to bi te tha t pin
No, not that wash-hand
b
as
in ; this one. Be sure
Jalan perlahan (or
~ I a n
sakali sais.
Baik,
Twn.
Ada
lagi keJ<e, bukan
t
?
Tidak ada
2
Jagi, M ~ m
sudah habis.
Barangkali Tuan paderi ta'
pulang makan maIam
sekarang.
'
Saya.
Saya dcngar wape itu jaub.
Tidak (or
Dak
2
) .
Kelambu
bam
ito bukan
Tuan engkau punya. Ya ,
saya
tahu.
Dia 'ta'mau dudok ~ k a t
sana scbab t'ada
2
ki dai.
Itu batar.
Ta'ada
2
banta panjang
sakali-kali.
4
Engkau tabu
t i d a k
Tuan.
Semua orang ta1ari I ~ s ;
h< tul
tidak' ?
Bukan-kahl hetul din ta' mall
jaIan
kaki&
B6tu1.
Moto-kar
ito jnlan bukan
main
7
lekas.
8
Bukan main
7
bodoht Dia
ta'tabu saja
9
bikin k&ja
boy.
Saya ' ta' ~ a h potong
lO
ayam da1am dapor.
Susu masak
t
tidaJc5? Bi ium
Jagi, Jenab. (r) (Zainab,)
Sa-pu1oh kali amah sudah
bilang jangan gigit pine
itu
.
Bukan mangkok chuchi
tangan itu; ini sarn o Yn.12
66 M L Y ·
M D E E A S Y
M L A Y M D E E S Y
67
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 40/68
LESSON 33
Prepositional Prefixes to Adverbs of Place.
The three prepositional prefixes di, at, in, OD; ka, to; and
dari, from, which correspond to the place
where
, whither,
or whence, an;, used in conjunction with
the
common
adverbs of place to fonn compound prepositions. (Ka is
pronoun
ced and
also
written
as
Di and
ka
are
true
prepositions of place which
can
be
prefixed only to n
ou
ns or adverbs denoting place.
VOCABULARY
an island
pulau
,ed
mmh
a plain, a
fi
eld
padango
yellow
kuning
a
hill
bukit .
low
ri;ndah
the sea
Iaut
different, another
lain
a riv
er
sungaiO
use, useful
gun.
NOTES ON
EXE
RCISE
1.
Bit hitam, b
lack
bee r, st
ou
t
Sam
pin, champagne, Creme-de
menthe IS bljau, green. Arak, arrack , spirits. T uak, toddy,
palm
wine. Sopi manis
(I
.), a liqueur.
2. Tanah, ground or floo r. Darat. land, interior.
3. DaTi, from, out, of, often replaces the English 'o·f'. Lagi, more,
is often used loosely for dari, from. .
4. Padang or lapangan (
I.
), an open
grassy
space, a playi
ng
field.
Lapang, empty, open .
5.
Tangkap ikan, to
ca
tch
fish
, to
fi
sh. Ornng tangkap ikan, a
fisherman. Kelong, a marine fish.trap, fishing-stakes.
6. Tanke, a well-to-do Cfiinese, the proprietor, the boss.
7. The Teochel'.'s are a Chinese people related to tIle Hokkiens
who come from around Swatow, in the
prOVince
of Kwangtung. Many
of them are fishermen in Malaya.
8. Bulan tlraug, a clear moon. Tlrallg bulan, moonl ight .
9. Lain, anothcr, other, else, usually precedes the v.ord it qualifies.
Lain
hari, another day. Lain bulan, next month.
10. Muda, young, unripe, a pale or light shade of co lour. Tua,
old, a dark or deep tint. Mcrah tua, a
da
rk r
ed_
1L
Sa
te, satay. gobbets
of
meat grilled on skewers.
12. Kong
si
, a syndicate, a par tnership, a Chinese guild.
13.
KaJi
(L), a river. Blta i, Batavia, now Jakarta.
14. Pla
ce pr
epositions are often omitted if the sense allows.
,
,
,
..
•
EXERCISE
The cabin s painted yellow Kilbin
e
ada sapu chat kuning.
di-da1am.
ithin.
I t is easy now to go into the
house.
Please fetch a bottle of
stout
from
inside.
I t
hurts to sleep on a
£I
oor
made of cement.
Travel very slowly up to the
top of this high hill.
Every evening we
tak
e a
stroll on the padang.
The fishennen have built a
house on the side of the
island
near the
kelong.
A Chinese towkay, a Teo
.
chew
from Tanjong Pagar ,
w
an
ts to catch
fi
sh .
Wasn't th
ere
a spirits s
hop
here at one time?
No,
it
was a toddy-sh
op
.
What is th e
good
of lifting
it from behind, you idiot?
Lower
it a
bit
first.
- \Vhen
o
th
ere'so a moon we
will go
down and
bathe
in the river.
Next
time paint
it
a
light
red outside; this dark red
is no
good
at
all.
Come and
have sate by the
seaside
near
the Hylam
Kongsi.
Nona's standing in front 0 £
the Kali Besar, Jakarta.
Go to the mar
ket
and see
i f there's no other meat.
M _M . E . 6
Senang silkarang masok ka
da1am
rumah
.
Tolong ambit sa-botol biro'
hitam
dan
da1am.
Sakit tidor di-
tanah
:l
bua
t
dari simen
.
Jalan
~ l a n p i l l a n ka-atas
bukit tinggi ini.
Ma
lam-malam kitn jnl
an
makan angin
di-padang.'
Orang
t
angkap i k a n
sudah
buat rumah di-tepi pula\
de
kat o n g . ~
Sa-orang
tauk
e
6
China
Techu
1
dnri Tanjong
Pagar mau
tangkap
ikan.
Bukan-kah
ada
kCdai
arak
l
di-sini dulu? Bukan, kildai
tuak.
l
pa guna angkat
billakang, bodoh?
reridah soot du1u.
dari
Kasi
Bulan Mrang8 kita
nanti
jalan ka-bawah manru
dalam sungai.
Lain
9
kaH sapu chat
merah
muda
lo
di-luar;
merah
tO
tua
ini
ta'guna
sakali.
Mari makan
sate
11
di-tilpi
laut dilkat
Hallam
Kongsi.
12
Nona
ada bilTdiri
di-depan
Kali13 Besar di-Jakarta.
Phgi pasar
14
tcngok
t'ada
kah daging lain?
68
M A L A Y M A D E
E A S Y
LESSON
34
M A L
A Y M A
DE
E AS Y
69
EXERCISE
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 41/68
The Preposition pada, at, to.
parts of speech other than
D
ounS and adverbs de
noting place pada, at, in,
OD,
is employed in place of di,
at
, kapada, to, towards, in place of ka, to.
Dan
,
fr
om, m
ay
also be joined to
pada
to form daripada,
from, before other th an place wo rds.
Th
e fo
ll
owing
pr
epositions
ar
e derived fro
m:
to
ar r
ive sarnpai until ,
up
to,
till
to let go lilpas · after
to replace ganti inst
ea
d of
to fo
llow
ikut according to, by
to divide bagi for
a reason pasal because, about, as
to
to ascend
to descend
t o shave
to think
to pull
YOChBUL RY
naik
turun
chukor
pikir
tar
ck
a tree
a
fl
ower
grass
a leaf
fruit
NOT
ES
ON EXERCISE
pokokO
bunga·
rumput
dauD
buah
1.
Or . naik
kapal,
to
go
on board ship, to travel by ship.
2.
Naik, to
rise
(of the
S J
1l or moon
), an
d turun, to
se
t. Also
klluar, to come out, or
tl r
blt, to emerge, masok, to
sc
t .
l Or t6ntang, concerning, about.
Ab n
,
as
to.
4.
Or-lU
g
cb:i
b p, people's talk,
ru
mour, gossip.
5. S
uda
h, It 1$ al r
eady.
Suda h itu, after that.
6.
Sa'PlInja
ng, the
whol
e lenath of, throughout.
7.
Jaub
ma
lam,
hr
into
tl
le night,
la
i
c.
S.
~ p u
huang,
sweep and throwaway, to sweep awav .
.9. Kaki lilin, a a ndle·stic
k.
Ka
ki
, a foot , a stand. .
10. Tl ugah·tl llgah . in the middle of. Anta
lll
between
II. Or sa.llingga,
up
t
o,
as far as . Hin
gga,
a'limit. .
12
Kapada, to, usually of persons,
also
pad:i , to. Apa pacb sara,
there IS to
me
or I a \ ~ .
Ib t
pad:J, to tie to.
1
3.
Bu nga, or klmba
ng
(1.), a bl
ossom,
precedes the na
me
of all
O \ ~ r $ .
BU
ll8a
lllya
or klmbang sl patu, a hibiscus a
shoe
·Rowe r
14 . Guoi, a
S3d:,
a
bag
mad e of hessian. Ka
U; gUDi,
sacking:
•
At that time he was still
shaving that lad's h
ea
d.
On Tuesday next
we
shall
go down to the ship.
The
moon
ri ses
at
eig
ht
o clock
of
an evening.
After t
hat
p
ut
sarno
wa
t
er
on the (grass) lawn.
As to the removal of the
fruit trees all the people
nearby know.
According to general romour
he has been in jail.
For th r
ee
months
he
has
not
ea
ten other
th
an
congee, owing to illness.
He we
nt th r
ough
th
e fields
to
ge
t
fl
owers for me.
Beca use of a little matterO
he has been cross all day.
After the show I shall want
to go home because
it
will be late.
Sweep away these leaves
after breakfast
Place the can
dl
e-stick amid
the Rower vases instead
of
the
s
il
ver
bo
wl.
Up
to this day he has not
as yet given
it
to me.
Th
e gardener has pulled
up
the hibiscus hed
ge
all
aro und compound. .
In my opinion he certainly
stole the gunny-bag.
Pada
jam
itu
dia lagi
chukor budnk.
Pada had
dua
di pan kila
nanti turon kapal.
1
Bulan naik pada pulrul
d ~ l p n malam.
Lepas
itu
laroh a
yer
atas
padang rumput.
PasaF' ambek pokok
buah
s4 mu
a orang dckat sudah
tahu.
Ikut orang punya chakap4
dia sudah kbta jel.e
Sudah
5
tiga bulan dia
ta'makan lain daripada
kanji pasal sakit.
Dia
pirgi ikut padang ambit
bunga
bagi saya.
Pasal sikit dia sudah marah
sa-panjang
6
hari.
Habis wnynng saya nanU
mau pulang
s ~ b b
jauh
malam.
7
Sapu buang
8
daun ini Mpas
makan pagi.
Taroh kaki lilin
9
di.tt ngah
u 1
lempat
bunga ganti mang
kok perak.
Sampaj ll pada had ni din
bcium bi ri kapada
l
: saya .
Tukang kcbun
sudah
tarek
keluar pagar bunga rayallJ
kcliling kampong.
Pada saya punya pikir tl:ntu
din churi
gunp
4 itu.
70
M A LAY MADE EAS Y
LESSON 35
M A
LAY
:MADE
EA
S Y
71
EXERCI
SE
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 42/68
Th
e
Pr
epos
it
ion
with.
D cngan, with, implies close association or proximit
y,
as
w ell as the means
by
or
with and
the manner in which a
-thing is accomplished.
Adve
rb
s of man
ne
r can
be
fonned
by the
employment
o
f
dengnn with an adjective.
VOCABU
LAR
Y
-to point out tunjok
to be afraid takut
to be bold.
bra
ve
b ~ r a n i
10 esc
ort
, to conduct,
to se
nd
hnntar
a command,
ten
ce
int
oxication
medicine
a
gun
a sen
hukum
mabok
ubat
10 marry kawin
the heart, mind
scnapang
hati
NOTES ON EXERCISE
1.
Mata,
an eye, an orifice . a focus, a mesh, the blade of a" ool f
weapo
n.
ADam
m
ati,
six
-<:
hambcre<l.
Z. Dlngan slnang, with ease, easily. DEogan lekas, with speed.
q uickly.
D4ng.1D mabok, in a drunken manner.
3. Pokok or pollOi) (I.), a tree, a shrub, a plant, al
ways
precedes
the names of the species . Pokok kayu, a timber tree. Pokok duriao,
the durian,
wi
tli a l
uscious
but odorous fruit. Daun is a ge neric
teon
for
$m
all plants and herbs. Lalang, a coar
se
grass. BlJubr, secondary
jungle.
4. Ka -mana. whithtr? where? K
a-
mari, hither, here. Ka or u-beJ.ah
.Tep
la
ce the su i x of direction ' ...-ard' _
Ka
.bllakang,
ba
ck
war
ds ,
as
tern.
Sa-bIlah laut, seaward.
5. Sus:I;h
hati, sorrowful, sad.
Saki
t hali, ill·will, to bear a grudge
:agai
ns
t.
Sinang hali, chee
rfu
l, happy. Hati, li
ver
.
6.
Jaugan sakali.
ka]
i,
don' t
ever,
never on a
ny
account.
7. Champor Mngan, to mi x with. Kawin dlngan, to be ma rried to.
V ith the exception of
dl
nga n,
wi
th or to,
the
prepositions which in
Engl
is
h loon pa rt of certain co mmon inmmsit ive \'erbs arc not
transla ted.
8. Cheti, a chetty, a money· lender. Th e Chettiars are a so uthern
Indian, Hindu communi ty of professional bankers and money. lenders
i rom Ramnad in Madf3s.
9. r kirim, to send. to despa tch. Hanlar, to co n\"ey.
10. Or
oOOt.
Kldai ubat 0 rumah
obat (I.
}, a che
mi
st.
•
•
,
t
.
.
,
to
l
,
f '
•
He
has gone
out with
the .
chief
clerk.
Go
downsta irs for a moment
with
all
of
them.
Armourer, bring
the
gun
.here tog
eth
er
with
t
he b t ~
cham
bered
r
ev
olver.
Hurry
up
t Don't
be
af
raid
and
come close
by me.
Wi
th
this
medicine in two
days
it w ll disappear
easily.
He
has
felled
that
timber
tr
ee
in
th
e blukar (scrub)
by
yo
ur
instructions,
Sir.
I n t e d out
some laIl
ang
gras
s)
close beside the
urian trees.
Cook some rice in fat
and
we
will ha
ve
it with
korma.
Where are you off to? Come
here for a mo
ment and
sit down with me.
Th
e painter wishes to give
notice
with
regret.
On no acco
unt
have deal
ings wi
th
m o n
~ l e n d e r s .
She is ve
ry
annoy
ed
with
her hus
band
.
He
said
in
a drunken wa
y,
.., dare to.""
Se
nd
this telegram quicldy
to
the
S
ecre
tary at Sun
gei Patani.
I wish to marry the chemist's
daughte
r.
Dia
sudah ~ r g i luar
dengan
kt-rn
ni
~ s a r .
Turon
ka-bawah
dt' n
gan dia orang
semua.
Tuka
ng
senapang, b.awa
marl s ~
dengan
pi
stol
e anam mata,t
Chepatl Jangan takut, mari
dt' kat
dengan saya.
Dcngan
ub
at
ini
dalam
dua
hari
dia
nanti hilang
dengan s.mang.
2
Dia s
ud
ah potong pokok
kayus
d i ~ J u k a . r
iht
den
gan
hukum Tuan.
Saya sudnh htnjok lala
ng
'
dekat
dengan
pokok
durian.
a
Masak nasi
minyak sMikit
kita makan
deng
an
k o r ~
rna.
Ka-mana
4
engkau pt-rg i?
Datang-Iah lea-mari· sa
bentar dudok
deng
an
aku.
Tukang
chat mau
kasi uotis"
dblgan susah
hati.8
Jan
gan
sakali·kali'
champor
dlmgan' cheti.'
Dia
banyak sakit
den
gan
laki
dia.
Dia
chakap den
gan
mabok
2
,
"'Saya
~ r a n i
Hantar
ll
talig&ame
ini
de
n
gan lekas
2
pOOa Seicritari
e
di-S
un
ga
i
Pt' tani.
Saya
mau
kawin
dengan
anak tukang ubat.
10
72
MA L A Y D E EAS Y
LESSON 36
'.
·
M A
LAY
MADE E AS Y
EXERCISE
73
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 43/68
The Preposition sarna, w
ith
, to.
Co
ll
oquially the wo
rd
sarna, the same, toge
th
er with.
is
used ex tensively as a preposition instead of dengan, with ,
and
kapada, t
o.
Pronouns and occasionally
n OUDS
in the objective case
after a transitive verb arc often put into a dative construc
tion in Malay by
th
e e
mp
loyment of sarna or kapada, to.
VOCABULARY
to disturb, stir kacha
u·
to
be
silent, to
dw
ell diam
to know a person
kmal
to promise, agree
to hold
janji
pt gll
ng
mil k
sug
ar
butter
bread
cheese
NOTES ON EXERCISE
SllSU
gul.
mlhltega
roti
keju
1. Kachan, to
mix
Ill .
to
'crea te confusion ; to both er, to annoy.
2. Sallu, to spread
wi
th (as butter or jam, etc.) .
3. U.oo
t
s inap:mg, lI
mmu nition . Ubat,
a mediCi
ne, a dru
g,
a
ch
em
i
ca
l, a p
ow
<ier, a e1larm.
4. Sarna, ident
ica
l, equal, along with, t
oge
ther. Sarna t
illgR
i, the
sallle height. Sama
.sa
ma,
all
t
oge
ther. Sama chukup, jus t sufficient.
Bawa sarn
a,
to ta ke alona.
5. Or dikd nak
$a
ma,
to
resemble. Hamp ir, nearly.
6.
Dabm tiga
du.a
, out of t
hree-
two , two·thirds. Fractions and
percentages arc often expr
esse
d th
us.
7.
In J
ava, be ca
reful, and awas, l
oo
k out
8.
Satll
saUla
laiD ODe with t ~ e other, eac
h
other. Puku l s:ltu s:ll1la
(or dlngall) d
u.a,
multipl)' one by two. .
9. Ka -dl'p:m, ahead, or akan datang. to come. OJ
lII
un (
I.
), ahead,
next.
H
ar
i
aka
n datang,
in
the
da
ys
to come.
10. Jallgao ti
da
k or jaogan ta', do not fail to. Janga o Ilbeh, don't
exceed
(the amount in question).
11
. Or nntok, an allotted portion; for, for the purpose of. In
Pcnang hab
ll
an, a portion, for. Bagian, a share.
1
2.
Dlkat, at,
in, on, in
oozaar Malay.
Ada
debt baj
u, is in the
coot. T
aro
h dikat meja, put it on the table.
13 . Ada sa
ID
a sara, are wi th me, or I h
av
e.
,
.
•
'.
•
•
•
I'
I
f
,
·
Stir up a teaspoonfu l of
sugar together with the
milk and give it to him.
Cu t a lit tle more
br
ead and
sp
read it wi
th
butter.
He lives with his
fa
ther at
tlle foot of the
hil
l
I
arranged wi
th
hi
m
to buy
some ammunition.
Up
to now he does n
ot
re
cognise (to) his wife.
Hassan, tell (say to) the
gardener to c
ut
the graSs
eve
n,ly.
Yes, Sir.
This ketchup (sauce) is
nearl y the same as ours,
isn't it? No, it isn't,
In two cases out of three
the hair is equally black.
Put all the low shrubs to
gether over there.
First of all, arrest him on a
warran t and then take him
with you to l poh.
Look out These horses are
vicious and" like to bi te
each other. Hold them.
In fu
ture I don't want toast
and cheese any more.
Next time, without fa
i1
,
bu
y
just enough m
i1k
fo r h im
and no more.
Th
e dog at home has never
disturbed (to)
him of a
night,
Aoo
s.
I have some" of
th
ese red
and
ye llow Rowers.
Kachau
t
gula satu si ndok
sarna
d4 n
gan susu, kasi
sarna dia
Pot
ong si dikit Jagi roti,
sa
pu
: sarna mc
nt
ega.
Dia diarn sa
rn
a dia puoya
bapa di·kaki bukiL
Saya s
udah
janji sa
rn
a dia
blli ubat
s
napang.$
Sampai
r n g
dia ta'kblal
sarna bini.
Has
an
,
bilang sarna tukang
k4 bun
potong
nunput
sarna tinggi.4 Tuan.
Kichap ini sarna
kita punya, bukao?
Bukan. .
Dalarn tiga duas rambut
sarna hitam.
Taroh semua pokok rbldah
sama
-s
arna
4
di-situ.
Mula-mula tangkap dia
d6ngan waren
e
habis bawa
pmgi sarna· ka-lpoh.
Jaga baik?1 Kuda ini jabat,
suka gigit satu sarna
lain,s
P4
gang dia.
Hari saya ta'mau
tos
e
sarna keju lag
i.
Lain kali. jangan tidak,
o
bell susu sarna c
hukup
4
bagj
l1
dia jangan Il
beh
.
lO
Anjing dekat
U
rurnah ta'
m h kachau sarna dia
malam hari, Abas.
Bunp:a rnerah sarna kuning
ini ada sarna saya.
S
74
MALAY
MADE
EA S Y
LESSON fr7
MALAY ?I.
·IAD E EA S Y
75
EXERCISE
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 44/68
Conjunctions.
Avoid complex sentences
and
so do away with
th
e need
for subordinate clauses.
A we ll-balanced sentence containing contrasted state
ments
will
obviato many
simple
conjunctions.
The conjunction
'and',
in
parti
cular,
is
omitted where
t
is
required
in
En
glish to
co
nnect se
nt
enqes
or
betw
ee
n
tw
o ver
bs
or contr
as
ted word
s.
Wh
en used as a copula
between adjectives it
is
replaced
y
lagi, in addition.
and
but, yet
if
0
when
VOCABULARY
dan
tct api, tap i
jika lau. kalau
alau
apabila. · hila
in vain, merely
only then, just
as
if,
like
pr
ovided that
time, when
NOTES ON EXERCISE
chuma
bah
atu
mac
ham
"
at
waktu
1.
Th
e adverbial conjunctions 'when' and 'where' are translated by
di
·
timpa
t or
di·man3,
at the place where, and wal:tu,
at
the time wh en,
:15,
whilst. Tcmpoh or masa, time, may be $ubs tituted for wakht
and
bila
used
for apabil.;a .
2. Or akan t ibpi , but , a variant of t .ap i.
3. Pinat a 'plnat, tired or not .
\Vh
ether
. . .
or not, can be express
ed by repeating
th
e
v."Ord
with a negative.
l\.'fau
b 'mau,
willY
·
Dill
y.
i. Takut, for fear that, lest. Supaya,
so
that Supaya jaug:m, lest.
Kalau·kalau, in
case th
at, if perhap
s. Jal lga
n d ia b 'dahmg, lest he come.
5. Or
¢rchuma, to no purpose, for nothing, grati
S, fr
ee.
6. Jikabu . . .
ab
u, whether . . . or . Atnu . . . ab u, either . . . or.
7. Or sipi
rti , l
ike
, similar t
o,
as.
Sa
·bagai, as.
8.
Or ki
rana, because. Ki
ratl;1 llpa, because
of what.
9. Bagai, a kind, like. Bagini (bagai ioi), in
th
is
way, thus. Bag i
ht
~
iht ),
Ji\.:
e
th
at, so. Bagaim
ana.
or bagim:lIl3, how?
10.
Lagi . . .
I
ag
i, or ma\.:in .
..
makin,
th
e more . . .
th
e more.
I .
Kalau
13'
, if they do not, unless. J
ika
, if.
1
2.
Chuma, just ,
is
often followed by
sa ja
, only. .
13
. Or
kib
slkalian, we all. Sigala, all , every,
th
e whole.
I i
.
The
'or'
is
omitted in rough estimates of numbers.
Co
and
get the soap and
show it to the barber
where he lives.
Wh
en I arrived she was
sewing at home,
But large and small, all of
them like it i f it 's sugar,
Wh
y are these khaki trousers
dirty
and
we t?
Whether you are tired or
not stick
t
out, lest
we
all fall asleep, Suleiman.
I tel
ep
honed to him just
W
in vain, when I heard
that he had returned,
Then
we shall know if you
are afraid or not.
When he
is
drunk his face
is as
red
as fire.
r
have a stomach-ache be
cause I ate too much,
That's so, but the more
people drive them away
the more they return.
Whilst I am
bere
be is quiet
like this.
Even Banjarese don't act
like that unless they bear
:I
grudge.
Th
at is t
Just 'i'ut in the milk, but
don
t
stir
it.
Furthermore, when the
Consul knows, there will
be trouble' for
all
of us.
She has come upstairs to
meet one or two people.
Pt rgi ambil sabun tunjok
snrna tukang ehukor
di-Mmpatl dia diam.
Waktu
1
saya sampai
dia
ada
jahit di-nunah.
T t tapi2 kt ehil,
sabli sub asal gula.
Apa st bab lruning
ini kotor lagi basah?
Pt nat ta' pt nat8 tahan-lah,
taku tt kita st mua tidor,
Su
leman (Man).
Saya sudah talipun sarna din
tndi e
huma
$, bila dt ngar
dia
su
dah
Bam tabu jikalau' takut atau
tidal<.
Apabila mnbok muka dia
merah maeham
1
api.
Saya sakit pt rut
s ~ b a b
malcan banyalc sangat.
Bttu1 bagitu
{or
bt gitU)I\
akan tt tapi2 lagilo orang
halau dia lagi dia balek.
Sa-Iagi saya di-sini dia diam
bagini (or
begini).9
Orang Banjar lagi ta' buat
macham itu1 kalau dia
ta'l1 sakit hati. 1tu dia.
Chuma taroh surn sahaja
12
tapi jangan kaehan.
Dan
lagi, bila Konsol
e
tabu,
nanti susah bagi kita
st mua.
1J
Dia naik mau jumpa satu
dua" orang.
76
M L Y M D E
EASY
LESSON 38
M A LAY
MADE
EASY 77
EXERCISE
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 45/68
The Conjunctions juga, also, and pula, so, then.
1?e words juga, for all
that,
as wen, also, and pula,
agam, so, then, why,-expressing surprise-are introduced
.conversationally in Malay to round off a sentence and
foUow the words they qualify.
to laugh
to cry
to examine
to believe
to be hungry
VOCABULARY
menangis
pereksa
~ r c h a y a
Japar
empty kosoog
full ~ n o h
gambling judi
leave, furlough chuti·
a court case, to dis-
cuss bic
hara
NOTES ON EXERCISE
1.
Ta 'sa lah, not gui lty. innocent, not to blame. Ta', not takes the
place of the English prefix 'un' or 'in', Ta' tentu u n ~ r t 3 i n
'fa'
chukup, insufficient.
.
2. K I I l ~ a r o : to be heard (as a case).
Apa
bichara IJllgkau, what
IS your opiOlOn? Blcha I'll, to have a talk with.
3. Juga, or jna, and ye t , o ften contains a reservation. Lama juga it is
a good long time. Bhseh juga, fairly clean . '
4. 'Since' may be expressed
by
a negative construction or the use ot
a word like 'after' or
be
Qmitted altoge ther when meaning 'as'. Slnlln·
iak or siiak (l ), since (o f tim
e)
.
Or kelang p
ap:an,
a. ~ w . m i l l . ~ e l a D blms a rice mill. Kelang
or
r
. .. a mill. Clling, to grind, t.o roll.
Ba
tu giling, a ·cur
ry·
stone. Kisa r, to
mov
e round, to revo h
·e.
Kisanm, a quem, a hand·mill.
6. Jam ini iuga, this \
'ery
moment, immediately.
7. Kaki li ma , 3 6\'e-foot way, a sidewalk, or shop arcade.
8. Tid 'apa (b.'ap;l), no matter, it's nothin
g,
never mind. Ta'usah f
b.'payab, there's no necessity, don't trouble. Vsah, need. Parah,
difficult, troublesome. serious
(o
f illn ess}.
9. Piti gamoor, (lit.) a picture box, a came
m.
10
. JIJ3lI, also, may commence a sen tence in Indonesia.
II
. In Indonesia
pl r
lop
(D.),
furlough, or pre
(D.), fr
ee.
12 . Main indi, to play at games of chance, to gamble.
13. Tanah koso ng, or empty ground, a vacant plot.
. 11 .
S a l l l ~ n g
a professional bully. Bangsat, a
vagran
t, a tramp, but
10
IndoneS ia a rascal, a thief, a
lxad
character.
I believe all the' same that
O
Saya p( rchaya juga dia
ta'
he is innocent, Noor.
Wh
ether he wants it or not
the case
o
must be tried
just the same in Brunei.
Much has been emptied out
but
it's full for all
that
The child wants some fresh
bread, and
butt
er
as we
ll.
It 's quite a while since he
worked in the saw-mill.
]t's not long since I had a
meal, yet I am very
hungry, nevertheless.
Just this very min
ut
e
he
stopped crying.
The arcade
is
pretty clean,
not having been used yet.
Never mind It 's
aI
the
same jf
we
go
or
not.
The camera's lost also
What's
to be
done?
Who
is
to examine into the
case of theft? He, too.
So
that's the reason
he
ran
off
with another man's
wife Now I know.
Again, we don't know
whether we're going
0 11
leave or not.
Why
. he's
got
cheek laugh
ing when asking for a day
off work.
Don't go gambling, then, on
vacant plots sioce sam
sengs (roughs) abound.
salah,1 Nor.
Mau ta' mau
kbla
bi
. chara
2
juga
di -
Be
nm
ai.
Banyak sudah buang
penoh juga.
Budak
ini
mau
roti barn
dan
mentega juga.
Lama juga
8
dia ta' k&ja
4
di-enjin papan
1i
Ta1ama
~ p a s
makan
M-
tapi saya bukan main
Japar juga.
Bam
jam ini jugal dia
r h ~ n t i m ~ n
g i s
Kaki
lima l ini berseh juga
3
beium pakai lagi.
Tid 'a
pa
8
1 Sarna juga
p
gi
atau
ta
'p(
rg
i.
P ~ i gambar
ll
hilang jug
a ,1)
Apa mau buat?
Siapa nanti pi rcksa kes
e
pasaJ churi? Dia juga.
Pasal
itu pula
, dia bnwa
lari bini orangl Barn saya
tahu.
Lagi pula, kita
l>6
lum tahu
jikalau pi rgi. chutill atau
tidak.
Berani pula dia t
ertawa
(o
r ketaw
a)
jam minta
lepas
le
erja sa·hari,
Jangan main judi
12
di.tanah kosong,Ja
banyak samseng.
14
pula
ada
78
M A L A Y M A D E E A S Y
LESSON 39
M A L A Y M A D E
E A S Y
79
EXERCISE
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 46/68
\
In t
erjections
and
the Particles
1:lh and
pun.
Th
ere are several interjections and pious ejaculations in
common use amongst the Malays themselves.
The intranslatable particle
lah
is suffix
ed
to any word
in
a clause which it is intended to emphasise. .
The
particle
pun,
even, though, too,
ma
y be
added
to
any part
of speech for em
pha
sis
and
is frequently
employed to balance lah in a clause.
VOC BUL RY
to pay heed pMuli to be mad
to feel affection for, to chatter, noise
pity, alas sayang to lie,
an
untruth
to love kaseh to rise, to get up
to be ashamed, shy maIn to be accustomed,
to hope harap usuaDy
NOTES
ON
EXERCISE
gila
bising
bohongO
bangun
biasa
1.
Sakali, indeed, exclamatory-h
ow
what Bltul, truly, very.
Binar, in truth, indeed, very.
2. Tlrim2 kasch, (lit.) I am in rece ipt of yOUf favour, and so
'thanks', an expression reserved for special services.
3. Chilaka, aceutsed, curse itl unlucky, a calamity.
4. Cbakal) pid ahan, to speak quietly or slowly.
5. Sombo
ll
g, pride, conce it, swank, stuck up.
6. Sayang, what a p
ity
denot
es
r
eg
r
et
ovcr the loss or was te; ka .
schan, kindness, favour; pity, from k
asel
l, to love, embodies actual pity
for some misfortune or hardship. Kfsian, how dreadful
7.
Piduli,
why worry
It
means
to
wony oneself olter, and
is
usnally
employed negatively. Ta 'piduli, not to eare.
8. Lapar ayer, or hans thirsty. Lapar Suso, to hunger for milk.
9.
Mah ap, to pardon, to excuse. AmpulI, to forgive.
10. Entah (entah), w\ \O knows, can't say, perhaps.
I .
Or mls
ki pUll
(I. ), althougll. SUlIggoh, true, real.
12. Pun . .pun, when repeated stands for neith
er
nor. Mao pun
. .
aUlu
(I. ) or ba ik .
. .
. maim plln, whether or.
13. Panjang UlIlor, length of years. This reve rsal of the norm al order
is
cornmOIl
in certain adjectival phrases.
14. Religious phrases are
co
nfined to Moslems.
Bi
smillah, In the
name of God--3 grace. Sa lam alaikum, peace IIpon yOtl-a greeting.
Va alaikum salam, and on you peace _ a reply Iu
sha
Allah, if Cod
wiIl
s it.
Ho
there friend,
get
uPi Hai kawan, bangun-Iah ;
it is
six o clock. H
ow sudah
pukul anam. Gelap.
dark
it is
sakalPl
Oh l my leg aches so. What Adoh sakit-lah kaki s y ~
an
awful storyl Bohong sakaIP
H e,rel take this money
and
Nah ambil-lah
duit
ini
bagi
divide
it
equally. Thanks. sarna. Tcrima kaseh.
2
Fie
aren t
you asham
ed
to Cheh ta'malu chakap kotor.
talk
fil
th. You wretch Chclakasl
Be
quietI Don't make a Diam-Iah. Jangan
buat
noise and speak softly. bising dan chakap pttrla·
What
arrogance han:
S o m b o n g
ehl
Wh..lt a pity
the
t
ea
cup's Sayang
6
mangkok teh sudah
broken. Never mind p ~ h a h Pi dulF
What
a sham
e they
arc Kasehan
6
J
dia
orang lapar-
thirsty indeed.
0
God aye
rS
be
tuJ.1 Ya
Allah
'Why excuse me,
it is
he Wah minta mahap,
lI dia·
wha
is telling lies. lah chakap hoboug,
It
's
just as well yo u arc Baik-Iah oogkau biasa den_
used to him. May bel gan dia. EntahlOI
He is
quit
e ashamed about Dia maIu·lah sekarang
it
now. Would you be- sebab itu_ Perchaya
Mln-
lieve
it
l
Why
nQ-t?
gapa
tidak?
Tho.ugh without means yet Sunggoh
pu n
t ada
duit
he is mad on gambling all tapi dia gila main judi sa·
night long. panjang malam,
Even that I
don't worry
Itu pun
saya
ta ptdulF
about
if he was not always kalau dia ta
minwn
drinking spirits. arak selalu.
H
er
husba
nd
is neither good Laki dia baik
pu n
12
tidak
nor ba
d. jahat }lun
2
tidak.
Besides, she does not care Lagi pun, dia ta ' sayang:
for her child. That s it. anak dia.
lt u
·lab
I, too, hope that you, Sir, Saya
pun
harap
will have
a
long life. panjang umor.
8
Please Godl
Allah
H
Tuan
Insha
80
M A
L
AY M A D E EAS
Y
LESSON 40
M L
Y
M D E
E S Y
81
EXERCISE
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 47/68
The Verb boleh, can, to
be
able.
There is no exact equivalent in Malay for the English
words, could, should and would, or may and might, but
they may be expressed by bolch, can, to be able, or the
use of a conditional clause.
The verb daps t, to obtain, to get, has sometimes the
force of bolch, can.
sa
lt
peppe
r. a chilli
a vegetable
a potato. a tuber
a kind, a species
VOCABULARY
garam
ladn°
sayar
ubi
o
ban
gsa
an onion
a bean, a pea
a mat-awning
a cigarette
tobacco
NOTES ON EXERCISE
bawang
J.:achang
kajang
rokok
m b k u
1.
Sambal, condiments or side-d ishes served with curry.
2,
Boleh juga , it can he
dO
lle. Bolch tahan, endurable, In
Iudonesia bolcb, ca n will, and bisa, ca n, to be able.
3.
Lada or rnlricha (1.), pepper. Lada is
also
a chilli
in
Siugapore.
Chab:li or lombok
t ).
a chilli, a hot pepper.
. Mana bolch, how
is
it possible l nonsense of Ufse not Mas:
(1.) , is
it likel
yl Masabn
,
it
is
imp obable. .
5. Sib
iu pagi, always
of
a mommg, e\·ery mommg.
6. Call ' may also be expressed y the use of roundabout. pi, rases
involving the employment of tahu, to kllow how
to,
pandal, to
be
clever
at ,
or biasa,
to
e
accuslomed
10, ctc.
7. Plreksa 10 look thoroughly. Ku
ra
ng plreksa, I ha
ve
not gone
properly into 'the matter, and
so,
' J don t know'.
8. Apa boleh buat, what can
e
don
e?
Th
ere is nothing to
be
done about it. t
ca ll' t be
helped.
9. Ta 'dapat tidak or hI'boleh tidak, must,
ce
rtainly.
10. Or ubi kl nlang, a potat
o.
In Indonesia k6ntang, a potato and
ubi, a sweet potato, whilst
sayor.a
n is vegetables.
11 . Ini ada, this i
s,
here are. Sini
aw
, here are.
12. Kal au
am
i. if there is any. Kalau 52)"a,
if
it were me.
13. Makan rokok or minum rokok (I.), to smoke. .
I i . Dapat, to manage. Si mpat or w n (Penang), to have the bme.
T a slm
ya
t
to ha
ve
no time or opportunity.
1).
S l k ~ r a n g or
ka
r:Jng, presently , directly, shortly.
Can you come t
o-
morrow
night to help,
Boy? Yes.
Are you able to eat curry
and chilli sambal, Sir?
I can mana
ge
it, but don't
put in too many chillies,
(e
lder) Peughulu.
How couJd II
r
shall ee
r·
tainly see about that.
Can you get beans and
onions at Kuantan?
I think I may be able to,
as those kinds of vege
tables are seldom lacking.
I can usually get some cab·
bages every morning.
Can
you
bu
y any cauli·
80wers? It's uncertain.
Does he know how to make
a kajang? I can't say.
f he's no good. it can't
be
help<>d , Karim.
Most certainly he would like
to store away these pota·
toes i f he could.
H
er
e
are
the keys; go and
look well in the godown
in case there is some salt.
r should like to smoke a
cigarette, if I may?
He might be able to tell
you where there is a shop
seIling tobacco.
f you can manage it, come
up to the house presently
and sit down, Sir.
Boy boleh datang besok
malam tolong? Boleh.
Tuan boleh makao karl sama
sambal lada?
Bolch juga, tapi jangan
tarob
t ~ r l n m p u
banyak
chili,S To' Pcnghulu.
Manu bolch
4
Saya Motu
jaga tcntang itu.
BoJ eh dapnt kachang sarna
bawang di·Kuantan?
Saya pikir barangkali boleh
schab sayor bangsa ito
jarang t'adn.
Saya biasa dapst sayor kobis&
selalu pagi. S
Dapat ~ n g k u sayor
bunga kobis? Ta'U ntu.
Din tahu
6
bikin kajang.kah?
Kurang pcreksa.
7
Kalau dia tu'pandai apa
bolch buat,' Karim.
Ta
'dapat tidak' dia suka
mau simpan ubp o ini
kalau boleh.
Ini ada
kunchi; pergi
e k s T dalam gudang
kalau ada t2 garam.
Saya mau makan rokok
13
kalau bolch?
Dia barangkali bolch kasi
tahu dimana ada kMai
jual
Kalau dapat'4 Tuan da·
tang di..rumah k r n g
dud
ok.
82
M A LAY
MADE
E A S Y
LESSON 41
The Verb indi, to become.
MALAY MADE
EASY
83
EXERa
SE
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 48/68
TIl e verb jadi, to become to ha.
'he. to do, to serve is ex t . I ppcn, to take place to
Malay in a variet), of ~ : : n ; . empl
oy
ed
in l 1 o q ~ a l
fat, plump
thin, skinii
y
sw
ee
,
sow-
-evidence, proof
,
VOCABULARY
gtmJok
I
xpensive
kurus cheap
manis late, slow
masam· gain, luck
saksi loss
. NOTES ON EXERCISE
mwl
row-ah
lrunbat·
untong
rug;
. 1. JaIli·Jab , it is en0"8b or suffi' t th
Jt
cannot happen or
co
me
bo
t
~ c n .
at will do, Ta'boleh ad
wo n't rise (of
bread)
T ~ ~
i t
won't do,
it
is lIot a succes
~ ~ ~ n used for shall ~ o t 0: s6ao't CO 'faill
~ : i n g .
to be
off,
and' :
J...., may
be. . ....
gl. shall you go? Boleh
.2. Ch inese
nam es
con sist of 1
wl
uch there are a limited
I r
c
an
or surname such
as
Tan of
71ame in genera] use e g B
DU
1 . and a double.barrelled
p e ~ n : t 1
BUD
. ceug.
Often the d i ~
uo
:
cll8. so
that
the full naq{c is
Tan
nam
es,
e
.¥
. Ah Keog. mubve Ah replaces one of the perwnai
3. ]adl, to be in any state .
what are you? Jadi orang
b1i
saro
r
t c c b : : p a o ~ , to be bom. Jadi apa
r . ~ h t } a p p e n e d ? what was the ~ ~ l t ? H a : 1 ; l ' S Q n a g c . Apa jadi'
If
uay. .Lahir, born. ' I or
wri
lah ir
(I.), ;
• .of. H< wn, HoH:ien, the Fukien P . . '
.15 ch ief port. The HokJ::ien J?"11lCe ChUla of which Amoy
f
.n
dlCS and Malaya where
tlley
m ~ l ( ~ : ; lar
ge
numbers to the
tlOn so that a number of H J::l( With the res
id
ent popula
jn Malay. 0 len wor
ds ha
ve become
in
corpora ted
5. }'a,:,ns, a chopper, a matchet (m b .
6.
Jadi, so,
and
so,
to result
in to ac
k
C
), ~ v y
Jungle·knife.
.a
mp at, hvo plus two mak
cs
fo
ur
rna
e. ...ua Ilbeh dua
jadi
7. Mabol.: Jau t (li
t ) · sea
d
i
8. Jadi ubat ~ m run enncss, sea-sickness.
9 Unton f t Of act as a medicine
:Na sib' taO , ( o ~ r c h ~ k ; ~ i k , fortunately.
NUlO,
fortune, fate.
10. TUfUn ,
to rise
(o
'f
~
d) u c ~ .
',
.
U b h ~ k u bula n, the ~ b u ; f
a t J ~ o r m ,
ahrow (I ).
. I
ka
)'
u tapi
oca I
mont .
1
3. Bangsal, t e m p o f a ; o s ~ d t s l : h o ?b,
.rous
tubers.
, ,. . 1$ - meso
,
You must become a witness
in th is case.
I did not
re
cognise him any
longer as he has got fat.
Furthermore, his wife
is
thin
now. That will do.
I shall not be getting on the
train
at
Bulat Timah.
t won't do to be alwa
ys
late
like thi
s.
Is Bun Keng a master in
th
e
Hokkien school?
What happened that
O
he
should cry like that?
Milk if kept for long will
go sour
f the ov en is not hot enough
the bread will not come
to anything.
The
parang was of no use
so the vegetable gardener
threw it away.
When sea-sick take this
sweet pill as medjcine.
t was fortunate forO us·
that
O
we didn't happen to
go on lQave to Kota Bharn.
As the wind rose
ju
st now
the rain did not mate·
rialise. Worso luc
k
At the end of the month
tapioca will be cheap;
at
th
e moment it is dear.
He went mad because of his
losses when
th
e bangsal
(shed) caught fire.
M M I ..
- 7
Eng
kau kbla
jadi
saksi
dalam bichara
mi.
Saya
k ~ n l
lagi pasal dia
sudah jadi gtmlok.
Dan iagi, bini dia kurus
s':karang. Jadi.lah
l
•
Saya la'jadi naik kt' rcta api
di·Bukit Timah.
Ta 'boleh jadi st' lalu lambat
matham
ini.
Bun Keng
jadi
3
guru st' ko
Jab Ho
ki
an.kab
4
?
Apa jadP dia menangis
macham itu?
Susu kalau simpan lama
boloh jadi masam.
Kalau dapor 'ilu t'ada
chukup panas roti tidale
baleh jadi.
1
Paran f itu t'ada guna
jadi
U
orang kt' bun sayor
sudah buang.
Apabila mabok la
ut
1
makan
pil manis ini jadi ubat.
8
n t o n baik kita ta' jadi
pergi chuti ka·Kota Ba·
ham (baru).
Pasal angin
turun
lO tadi
hujan
ta
' jndi.
l
Nasib
9
chelaka
Chukup bulanll ubi kayu12
nanti bolch judi murah;
sck
l\
rang mahal
Dia sudah jadi gila st' bab
rugi apabila bnngsaP8
kena api.
84
M L Y M D E
EASY
LESSON
42
M L Y M D E E S Y
85
EXERCISE
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 49/68
Other
.Auxiliary Verbs.
'Ought' or 'should'
in
the sense of 'ought' is rendered
by patut, right, proper, fair, or harus, fitting, meet. .
'Obliged to' is translated colloquially
by
mi sti, must.
'Let'
is expressed by the verb biar, to allow, or by the
use of kasi, to give,
or
even choba, to try.
to fry
to boil
to
pray
to die, dead
to hide
VOC BUL RY
goreng
rebus
si mbahyang
mati
sembunyi
light (weight)
thick
thin,
tenuous
rotten,
worn
out
decayed, putrid
NOTES ON EXERCISE
ringan
tebal
nipis°
burok
busok
1. Bawa.
to
take, to lead at cards. to bring on, to cause. Bawa
jabn
, to take for a walk, to lead
the
way. Bawa Iari,
to Iun
away
with. Hawa nasib, to trust to luck.
Z.
Harus
-lala
t
one
would
expect
it
to
be.
Hams
juga ,
qui
te
lik
ely_
In Indonesia pantas, reasonable, fair, becoming.
3. Boleh pandai, to become clever. Auxiliaries arc frequently
employed without a verb but where the verb 'to be', or 'to become',
or
some other verb
is
understood. Sudah busok, to have gone bad.
4. Tintu, certainly, is used for the definite 'should'.
5. Da1am, in the act of,
as,
wh ile. Tlogah, whilst.
6.
Kas.i
saya, give me to, allow me, let me.
7. Nong, a title held y distant descendants of a prince.
8.
Hantar
orang
mati, to escort a corpse at a funeral. Tanam
orang mati, to bury the dead. Tanam, to plant, to bury. Hantar, to
accompany,
to
sec ' off.
9. Choba saya, allow me to try, pennit me, l
et
me. Choba has
the force
of
'please' in certain sentences.
Plnnisi
(D.), permission,
allow me. Minta plnnisi,
to ask
leave.
10. Kachang goreng, roasted pea·nuts. Kachang tanah, ground.
nuts, pea·nuts. Kachang puteb, chick.peas.
11. Ada ~ n ~ n g or
ada
tempo (I.), to be at leisure, or unoccupied.
T'ada
si
oang, to have no time, to be busy.
12. Or misti. In o n ~ s i a plrJu, obligatory, necessary.
13.
Bombay merchants, dealing in cloths and bric·a_brac, are
Cujerati-speaking Indians from northern Bomba} .
14. In batik·wo rk the pattern
is
drawn and then waxed and dyed .
Islamic people (Moslems)
ought to pray five times
a day, i f possible.
I should take him home
as it
is late. Just as you
pleasel
I t
is not right
at
all not to
pay one's debts.
This kettle
is
of iron. No
wonder it's heavyl
You must study and then
you will be clever.
This
has gone bad. Had
I
known I should not have
boiled it this mornin
g.
In cutting onions let the
pieceso he thin, not thick.
Is
it
proper thatO whilst
was hiding he should come
and search for me?
t would as well to let
me replace that rotten
plank 6rst, Nong.
You are not
fair
not shOwing
it to Mistress Som.
Let
me know when the
funeral
is
going to be,
Let me see whether it's light
or heavy.
Please be quiet a moment
and
let them think.
Fried pea-nuts must be hot
with
someO
salt added.
When you've time we
must
go to the Bombay shop
and buy a batik sarong.
Orang Islam patut s i m b a ~
yang lima waktu p d sa
hari,
j ib
boleh.
Saya patut hawa
din
pu
lang
l
si hab sudah lambat_
Suka hati-Iah
Ta'patut sakaIi-kaii ta
bayar ·hutang.
Ketel
e
ini buat daripada
best Hams_lab
Z
beratl
Engkau m ~ t i belajar
bam
boleh
s
pandai.
Ini sudah busok:' Kalau
saya tahu ti ntu
4
saya ta'
ri bus pagi
tadi.
Potong hawang biar-lab
ni-
pis, jangan ti bal. .
Ada-kah
patut
dalam
li
saya
si mbunyi dia datang chari
saya?
.Baik kasi saya
6
ganti papan
burok
itu. Ii beh dulu,
Nong.?
Engleau ta'patut ta'tunjok
kapada
Che'
Som.
Kasi saya tabu bila mau
hantar orang mati.
s
Choba saya
9
tengok
ringan
atau bi rat.
Choba
9
diam sa-ki jap biar
dia orang poor.
Kachang goreng
lO
mi sti
panas, taroh garam.
Ada
si nang
kita mem.
u
pi rgi ka-kedai Bombapa
eli kain batek.14
86
M L Y M A
DE E SY
LESSON
43
M L Y
M D E
EASY
EXERCISE
87
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 50/68
The Degrees of Comparison.
Th
ere is no alteration in the termination of either
adjectives or adverbs under comparison.
The comparative can be formed as
n
English by the
used of the adverbs li bch, or Jagi, more, and kurang, less,
prefixed to the adjective and followed,
if
required,
by
the preposition dari, than, from.
It may al
so
be formed by placing the adjective
fir
st,
before
the
objects to be compared, and
by
putting the
object with which the comparison is made n
th
e ablative
case
by
the u
se
of dari or preferably daripada, than.
The superlative is formed in the same way as the compa
rative
by
making a
co
mparison of universal application
or
by using i
nt
ensitive adverbs such as sakali, very, most,
terlampau, ex
ce
ssi
ve
ly,
and
tm-Iebch, mos
t.
y the employment of the relative pronoun, yang, that
which,
co rrespond
in
g to ' the' before
the
adjective-except
when the latter is placed first in the sent
ence-a
greater
degree
of
emphasis is obtained.
VO
CABULARY
a body
badan
hair of
the
head
rambut
a
mo
utll
mulut
skin; bark
kolit
a tongue
lidah
a nose
hidong
a tooth
gigi
a face
muka
an ear
t ~ l i n g n ·
hair, wool,
f J
r
,
feathers
bulu
NOT
ES
ON EXERCISE
I. Compariso n of equality is obtained by the use of
$3.
1113 . the
sa me (o ften shortened to sa ), with or without denga u. Sam3 bisar
dl n
ga
n
ll
or
I
·
bl
s:n ini, as big as tbis. Sometimes i
us
t Wsar
rumah, as big as a bouse.
Z In co mpari
so
ns I
lbc
h precedes the word it qualifies, wh ereas
lagi freque
nt
ly, though not necessaril
y,
follows it.
3. Or
da
ri
pm kulit
11mbu
m:l hal kulit kamhing, in co mpa
ri
son
with ca lfsldll , kid is more c
)[pen
sivc.
4. Sa·hahls, the most. Tbe superlative absolute can be formed
by
prefixi ng sa, i.e. sa.boleh.boJeh, to the utm ost
5.
Tn
Indones ia
Iia
ling, mos t , is u
se
d to fo
nn
superlat
ives
. Yang
paling klchil, the ve
ry
smallest .
This wool
is
finer than the
wool over there
Which is farther: that island
or
this,
Mahmud?
This tobacco is cheaper than
the tobacco
n that
shop
at Tanjong Priok.
My body is thinner than
hi
s,
at tho moment.
Never mind Chocola
te is
as
good
as
coffee.
Your
hair, Abu Bakar,
is
even longer than it was
the other day.
Kid is more costly than calf
skin.
There
is
no-one who" walks
more slowly than you do.
A
man's mouth
is
not so
pretty
as
a woman's.
That
Ba
ndoeng woman's
face is the sweetes t of
all
Tllis Chinese dentist
is
the
clever
es
t of
the
lot.
As to sugar, brown sugar
is the very sweetest,
(Mrs.) Khadijah.
Amongs t them
all
(Miss)
Esah's ears are the
smallest.
Ta
lk in
g of noses, Dollah's
is the largest by far.
Isn't it?
If yo u would like to know,
a so le is the mo st expen
sive fish
at
this time.
Bulu karnbing
n ~ b e h
bngus dari bulu sanu.
Mana jauh: pulau itu atau
pulau ini, Mahmud?
Murah tcmbakau ini dan
pad a tembakau di-kMaj
Tanjong Pcriok ihl.
Kurus badan saya dari badan
dia, tempoh in;.
Ta' usah Chokelate sarna
baik dcngan
l
kopi.
Rambut Abu Bakar
panjnng Iagi dari kel
marin.
Kulit kambing Jagi2 mahal
dnr
il
' kulit lembu.
T'nda-Iall sa-orang
~ r j l n
lambat Ingfl dari
i
ngkau.
Mulut jantan kurang chan·
tck dari mulut hi tina.
Manis muka perl mpuan
Bandong
itu
dari semua.
Tukang gigi China ini
pan
dai daripada seroua.
Pasal gula, g
ul
a merah-Iah
a b i s ~
manis, Che'
Khadijah (Tijah).
Dal am dia orang
si m
ua
telinga Chc' Esab-Iah yang
k/X:hil
saka
li
.'
Chakap daripada hidong,
Dollah punya yan ,: ; leheh
hi sar sakali. Ya, tidak?
Kalau mau
tah
ikan ]idah
lah ikan yang
mahsl pads masa ini.
88
MALAY M A D E
EASY
LESSON 44
MALAY M ADE EA SY
89
EXERCISE
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 51/68
Refl
ex
ive Pronouns
and the
Pronominal Suffix
ny a
,
its,
Reflexive pronouns
are
formed y the addition of sbdiri,
self, to .the personal pronouns.
The
contracted form diri
is also in use in certain cases, more especially in verbal
combinations or before a pronoun.
Se
ndiri, own, may also
be
added to a noun and if the
context
is
clear the personal pronoun to
which it
refers
may be omitted.
The possessive pronoun nya
de
rived from dia, his, etc.,
is inseparable from
and
follows the word t quali6.es.
a needle
th r
ead
a rope, string
a chain
a nail, a spike
VO CABULARY
jarum
hl nang
tali
rnntai
palm
a stick, a prop
an
umbre
Ua
a mirror
a comb
scissors
NOTES ON EXERCI
SE
longkat
payong
cMnnin·
sileatO
gunting
1. Diri
saya,
myself. Diri sendiri, oneself. Dalam
dm, to
oneself,
inwardly. MWD din, to
co
rrode, to decay.
2. Yang ,
who, whIc
h, is often inserted
etween
a noun and its
adjectival attribute, especia lly if there mor e than one.
3. Sa-orang
did
or OI 1lDg slndiri (I.), alone, by onself.
... In Indonesia sikat. a brush, to bru
sh,
and sUir, a comb.
5. Chlrmin, picture or window
glass.
Chlrmin mab, spectacles,
Chlrmin mub, a looking·glass. In Indonesia kacha. glass, replaces
cbfnnin.
Kacba mat: (I.), eye·glasses, specs.
6.
NYli. his, h
en, its,
their, is often
used
"for
emphasis alone or to
clarify the subject or
to
C1e:;Jte a noun
from an
adjective
01
to
introduce impersonal expressions. Bia$.a·oyll. it's customary. Sa·kin.·
Dyli.
in
case. Diri·n}'ll, him
self, etc. DaIam·oya, the dep
th
.
7.
Kbe
',
a
Kh
eh or
Hakka
. a
race from
the highlands of Southern
China. who lva rk in lvf3laya as mining coo li
es.
8. Burok, shabby, plain, ugly. Ji lek (t .), bad, ugly.
9.
Nyll i
empl
oyed
idiomatically in
th
e objective
case
with the
particle
eli in
passive constructions to m
ca
n 'by him', etc., when
there is no emphasis on the agent.
YOu can light the gas your-
Ibrahim
boleh pasang Bpi
self, Ibrahim. gas sthtdiri,
He must look for a needle
Di
a m&ti
chari
jnrum dan
and thread himself.
bmang
si ndiri.
We ourselves never use a Kita sthtdiri
ta'pi rnah pakai
wa1k:ing-stick. tongkat.
Th
ey themselves don't want Dia orang sendiri ta'mau
to await a reply. nanti jawab.
I want to
buy an
umbrella Saya mau payong bagi
for myself.
The big one. diri saya.
1
Yang bf sar,
That
watch-chain is
the
Rantai jam itu tukang
mas
jeweller's very owo.
sb l
diri puny
a.
1.be large and fat watch-
Tukang
jam yang bf sar
maker was laughing just lagi gi mok t tawa tadi
now by himself. sa-orang diri.
a
Those hair-brushes are Bi rus
t
rambut itu Tuan
your own, Sir, punya smdiri.
This morning
I
got
on
my
Pagi
taw
saya naik kuda
own horse that arrived sendiri sampai
yesterday.
kelmarin.
This looking-glass is Miss Chi rmin m u k
ini
Enche'
Cayah's own. Cayah punya sendiri.
The
rope is worn o
ut
; tell Tali_nya
G
sudah burok;
the Boyanese groom
to
surob sais Boyan
s ~ n i r i
replace it himself. ganti Jain.
Usually when
I
go
~ p
she Biasa-ny
a '
bila saya
naik
sits combing herself. dia
dud
ok sikat diri .
A
Chinese of the Kbeh
race
Sa·orang China bangsa
is
sitting in
the
dark and Khe
'7
ada dudok dalam
keeping quiet. gelap dan di am diri.nya' .
What elsel Of course it will Apa lagi T i ntu ·lah
burolcA
be
ug
ly should you cut ka1au sa-kira·nya' gunting
your own hair. rambut diri.
Its nails are corroded; he Paku-nya' sudah
makan
has examined them and diri1; 'dah di·p&eksa.ny
a '
they can't
be
used again. ta'boleh pakai
Ja
gi.
90
M A L A Y M
AD
E
EAS
Y
LESSON 45
MAL
A Y
MAD
E
EA
S Y
91
EXE RCI
SE
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 52/68
Indefinite Pronouns.
The indefini
te
pronouns, some and an
y,
are usually
omitted in Malay but when 'some' stands for 'a ce
rta
in' of
things the inde finite article sa,tll, on,e,
is.
m ,
Apa. what, is used to
~ e n
of
a ~ y k l l ~
and
harnng, things, stands for some or any, especially
n
com
bination with other pronouns.
Orang, a person, includes people, persons,
and
'on
e'
or
'someone'
in th
e sense
of
a
pe
rson.
Each, of persons is musing-masing, whilst tiap-tiap, each,
ever
y,
refers to time and things as
we
ll as
pe
rso
ns
.
a n g
or
lat, at intervals, every oth
er
.
a bell
a wheel
a hoe
a basket
a colour
VOCABUu..
RY
locheng a bucket
roda a hole
changkulO a jar, a
tub
bakul° a fan
wama a bench, a stool
NOTES ON EXERCI
SE
baldi
O
lohang
tong
kipas
bangku
I . Baraqg, SOlne, i.e.
about SMoot,
some, i.e. a
2 To
avoid emph
asis
pronouns m
ay
follow the a
Ul(lil
ary.
3: Cub Mlbka or g
ub
,awa (I.), jagger}'.
Cub
Mal
acca
ill a
S\\-eet of S3go with melted palm.suga r and coconut·cream..
1. T l ntll, certain to
be,
must be. Tltap, firm, defimte.
5.
Sa
tu apa, anything. Salah satu, one or the other,.a .
6.
K:KIi,
or
Kathi, a
reg
istrar
of
Moslem mamages and an
authority on Mohammedan Dlnon Law in Malaya. .
7.
Barang
s
i:JPll
,
anybody. B
ara
ng
lI)la
or
b : l r : m
anythmg.
Bukan 3·bawl'g, no ordi na ry . Barallg h I , some t im
e,
perhaps.
8. Laill da
riPllda,
otherwise tha
n.
Mlla
illk
an, except.
9.
Saoon
(I.), each, every. Saban hari,
every
day. .
10
Blrapa b:m
ya
k, however much. Urapa patut , whatever's fair .
Ta'Wrapa, not to any
ex
tent , not
very. S:I·
birap
a, as
mueh
as
,
as
many as. .
.
Pasal or plrk:na, a ma tter, an :llbir. Hal, things, Circumstances .
Da
rihaJ, CQnCffI\ing.
12. S
lH)rang
b , no one. T ada si:l
p:l
, nobody.
13. B.birapa, some, SC'o'eral , a quantity; however much.
About two pounds of saus·
ages are enough.
I ll
get
the
m.
Is there any palm-sugar?
wants some.
Upon a certain day I was
digging a hol
e,
Ther
e must be a reason,
(Miss) Futeh, why you
don't want to marry.
There
is not
any
kind of
reason.
I
just don't want
to, (Mr.) Kathi.
Whatever
th
ere is will do.
There is nothing, Sir.
Whoever pu ts: feathers any·
where
o
except in the bin
will
ge
t into trouble.
Whatever Madam
wants-is
all in
th
e shop.
Rubbishl a watcr jar, baskets
or a bucket, there isn't one
of the
m.
o
Whatever s that incessant
noise- a bell perha
ps
?
Some folks like a red--col
o
ur
ed wheel. others don't.
Each pe rson has his own
desires.
Every .verandah has a
st
ool
to sit upon.
However many matters he
settles, every
other
day
more people co
me.
No one wants a fan at in
tervals of every few feet.
Barang dua paun sosis
e
ada
chukup.
Nant
i saya
ambil.
Ada gula Melaka
3
? Male
mau sildikit.
'
Pada
satu han saya ada
changkul lobang.
Tt ntu
t
saknli
ada
satu sebab
yang Cho' Puteh ta'mau
kawin.
Tada
satu
apa
li pasa .
Saya l'a'
mau
saja, Tuan
Kathi.
e
Apa ada jaw ·lah. T'ada satu
apa,
Tuan .
Barang siapa
1
taroh buIu
lain daripada
8
daIam
tong nanti kena
susah.
Barang apn7
Mem mau -
semun
ada
dekat kedai,
Bohong
-Iah
tong ayer, ba
kul
atau
baldi, satu (pun)
t'ada.
Bi
sing apa ta'berhenti itu
-locheng barangkaIF?
Ada orang suka roda
warna
merah lain tidak.
Masing-masing ornng
ada
dia punya mau.
Tiap--tinp' bi randa ada
bangku tilmpat dudok.
~ a p a
banyak
10
pasaI
l l
dia
kasi habis, lat satu
hari
lagi orang datang.
Sa-orang ta'
man
U
1cipas
selang beberapa
kaki.
92
M A L A Y M A D E
EASY
LESSON 46
M A L A Y M ADE E AS Y
EXERCISE
93
Fry
a chicken
and
a couple Goreng sa-ekorl ayam
dan
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 53/68
Descriptive Classifiers.
Concre te objects when qua1ified by numerals require
a classifier immediately f o l l o w i n ~ the numeral
This corresponds to the EnglIsh usage in such phrases
as 'n grain of com', 'two bead of cattJe', 'a roll of cloth',
Class Descriptive Classifier
animals,
birds, insects, fisb ekor a
tail
books, boxes, furniture, ships, buah a fruit, a large
houses, carriages. countries bulky object
fruit, eggs, plates, stones biji a seed. a pip
paper
.
clothes, mats, leaves, Mlai a
thin
sheet
hair.
feathers or
lai
a stem
rees, poles, cigarettes, teeth batang
a bit, fragment; a slice, piece
klping
a pair, a suit pasang
a flat piece
a couple
human beings orang a person
VOCABULARY
a
paw·paw ~ p y
roof, thatch atap
a coconut
kltapa
sap.
rubber
gttah-
a banana
pisang a coral reef karang
an orange, a lime
limau·
a forest,
wild
hutan
a pineapple
Danas
a mosquito
nyamok
NOTES ON EXERCISE
1. Both
numeral and
c l a ~ i f i e r
precede the noun unless there
is
any emphasis on the number, when they foJlow.
l. Jrok:
I.). citrus fruits. Buah precedes fruit names.
SilEat or mil . , a bunch Of 'hand' of bananas.
. Or
sam.pan kolak, a Chinese sampan.
Kotak,
a locker, a
pigeon-hole, a small box. Toako, a Chinese lighter.
S.
No
classifier is
fequired with indefinite numbers.
6. Nyior, a coconut
in
northern Malaya. Kllapa
kiring,
copra.
Santan,
coconut
cream exp
r
essed from
the
meat.
7. Potong, a slice,
an
it
em
of clothes, a
pi
ece of lugga
ge
.
8.
Atap, palm_thatch. Ruma h atap, a thatched house.
9. Pintu, a classifier of shophouses. Sa-derd", a r
ow.
10. Sa-pucbok, a classifier of letters or guns.
II.
Sa·bwan.,
a 8ock, a herd, a school of fish.
of snapper (red fish). dua ckorl ikan mer-ab.
Wait a moment, there is a Nanti duJu,
ada
sa-ckor
mosquito on your ear. nyamok atas tl1linga.
Buy
six
oranges and a bunch BI1Ii buah
2
limau anam biji'
of bananas. dan satu sikatB pisang.
I hope to sell a
sampan Saya
harap
mau jua sa.
(boat) next month
to
a bUM sampan"' bulan
de-
-
Chinese.
pan pada
orang China.
Unforhmately, three of the Nasib ta"baik, telor tiga biji
eggs were bad. sudah busok. .
Put some6 ripe Sarawak Taroh nanas Serawak yang
pineapples n the basket. masak di-dalam bakul.
Two of them will suffice. · Dua biji jadi-lah.
There are several hairs on Ada rambut bt bbapa
Iai
eli.
the dressing-table. mcja che-rmin muka.
He owns some coconut. Dia ada sikit pokok nyiorS
palms and
one
hundred
dan
pokok ge-tah sa-ratus
rubber
trees
n
Kelantan. batang
d i K ~ l a n t a n .
My front teeth are two short. Gigi de-pan saya kurang dua
Which ones? batang. Yang mana?
Bring a bamboo rod from Bawa sa-batang bambu dati
the forest, Hitam; well fu: hutan, Hitam; kita pasang
it on the reef. di-karang.
She doesn't
care
much for Dia ta' ~ r a p a suka bu ah
papayas
cut
in slices. p payo. potong
7
k ~ i n g
He
rents five thatched Dia sewa rumah at
ap
8 lima
houses n Trengganu. pintu
R
df.-Tilrmgganu.
Father has received a regis· Bapa sudah t ~ r i m a surat
tered lett
er
from Sarna· rejistftr8 sa-k6ping r sa-
rang. puchok)10 dari Sbnarang
A Chinese, wearing spec- Sa-orang China, pakai c h ~ r .
tades
and carrying an min mata dan bawa
umbrella, went
by
ju
st
payong sa-batang, la1u tadi
now
n
front
of
the shop. di-muka toko.
Take a pair of Balinese oxen Ambil sa-pasang ltmbu Bali
out of that herd. dari sa-kawan
itu.
94
MA L AY M D E EAS Y
LESSON 47
Reduplication.
MAL
A Y MA D E EASY
EXERCISE
95
There
are
all kinds of min- Ada macham-macham ay
er
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 54/68
Only prepos
it
ions cannot
be
reduplicated .
By
repeating a word an inde
fin
i
te
plural is obtained
which embraces the various species and actions referred
to or may imply lack of special aim in a ve
rb
.
Both adjectives and adverbs
arc
often reduplicated for
emphasis, which may be rendered by 'very' or 'ever',
By
dupli
ca
t
io
n descriptive words
are
fa
nn
ed which owe
their origin to some resemblance to or characteristic
de
ri
ved f
ro
m the par
ent
form.
Frequently, only the first consonant of
th
e original word
is repeated, followed by the toneless
(e
r) sound.
VOCA
B
ULARY
flat, level
ra t
a
everywhere
rata-rat a
rich
kaya
very rich
kaya.kaya
sha 'P
tajam
vcrr. sharp
tajam-tajam
form, appearance
.-up.
a
ll
inds of
rupa-rupa
green hijau greenish hijau-hijau
to t
ear
kayak
in
rags
kayak-koyak
to remember
ingat
to take heed
ingat-ingat
alive
hidup
all alive
hidup-hidup
to feel,
to taste
.as
an opinion
rasa-rasa
an ant
~ u t
pins and
semut-sbnyt
needles
or sesemtit
NOTES ON
EXE RC ISE
I . Bdlanda, Dut
c
1, foreign. Ayer W l a l l d ~
soda (I
.
2.
all, whate
ver
, anything, f
rom
apa,
wha
t.
3.
Mana ·ma na,
ev
e
rywhere,
wherever, hom ma na, where.
4. gQOOs
arti
cles, bc
lollii
ngs
, l
uagage
. •
5.
Buat.buat, to pretend , '
fro
m buat, to d
o,
to
mak
e.
6. Sa
tu
-sa
tu
,
one
by
one. Oua
-dua ,
by
t>,\ OS, bo
th.
7.
Kira.kin , accounts, r
ec
koning,
from
kira, to calculate.
8. Kud a.kuda, or
kA
uda, a trestle,
from
kuda, a hor
se.
9. Be tul·hetul, the truth, from Wtul, correct. Reduplica ted
adver
bs
of
man
ner are
used ge
n
era ll
y
with
ver
bs in th
e imperative
mood.
Baik-baik, careful, f
rom
baik, good.
10. Bukan·bub n, that doesn't exist,
from bubn
, not.
II.
\Vith colours dupl
ica
t
ion
denot
es th
e nnge, i.
e. -ish.
12.
Indefinite plurals
ar
e not
used
with numerals.
eral waters in the shop. belanda
1
di-kedai.
TIle well-to-do do n
ot
like Orang kaya-kaya ta' suka
in the very least
dreSS
ing saka li-kali pakai koyak.
in rags. koyak.
Take heed of all I say aboul lnga t-ingat apa_apa
2
saya
blachan (prawn paste). kata darihal belachan.
W herever one goes there is Mana-mana
a
orang pergi
water everywhere, . ada-Iah ayer rata·rata.
Th
ere are all sorts of goods Ada rupa-
ntpa
barang-
in the
st
ores.
b a r a n ~
dulam gudang.
t
is my opinion that he is Rasa ·rasa saya dia ada
buat·
only pretending. b u a t saja.
Th e two Japanese ladies Nesan
dua
-dua boleh naile
can go upstairs now and ka·atas sekarang buat
do
the accounts, kira-kira.
7
Thi s left hand is aching Tangan sa-belah kiri ini
w
i.th
pins arfd needl
es.
. sakit s
mut-semut.
Th
e
fis
h hal"ker has bro ug
ht
Orang jual ikan
ada
bawa
some
fis
h, all ali
ve
, from ikan hidup-hidup dari
Soera
ba
ya. Surabaya.
Place the towels together on Taroh tuala sarna
-s
arna di-
the towel-horse. atas k iruda.'
Speak the truth and not Cbakap 1retul-betul' jang-
some obvious nonsoose. an yang bukan-bukan.
10
Where's the twakow? Mana toako?
Be very careful th is knife Jaga baik-baik
9
pisau ini
is pr
etty sha
rp
. tajam-tajam_
A Madurese man dressed in Sa-orang Iald-Inki Madura
tl
greenish waist-clo
th
pakni kain hijau-hijau.
11
Nightly she takes the chil- Malam-malam dia bawa
dren for a walk one by annk jalan·jalan satu-
one, and occasionally both satu
, '
dan kadang-kadang
at once, dua-dun' sa-kali.
However much the lo
ss
or B ~ b ( r rugi atau untong
gain we must accept the kila mlsti
t ~ r i m
lima
fi
ve horses. ekor kuda
12
itu,
96
M A L A Y M AD E
EAS
Y
LESSON 48
Compound Words.
MA
'
LAY MADE
E A S Y
EXERC ISE
97
Lost in the train- a pair of
Hilang di.k6reta api, sa
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 55/68
In compound words the
attr
ibute follows
th
e subject.·
Some co
mpo
u
nd
words
ar
e fo
rmed by
combining t
wo
salie
nt
features to complete the id
ea
of the whole.
VOCABU
LARY
a cov
er
in
g,
a sheath,
a waist-doth sarong
a hoop, a bracelet
a n g
a Snger jari
a neck lcher
a mat tiknr '
a s
ea
l, a s
tamp
. a
brand, to p
rint
chap
a waist pinggang
an artificial pond
kol
a
m·
a ghost, a spirit
bantu
a
fe
tter, handcuff pasong
NOTES ON EXERCISE
l SalO
ng
ka
ki or
bus
bk i
(I. ),
a
sock.
Sarong tangan, a glove.
Sarong
jan, a thimble.
Sarong SUGlt , an c
II\'
elope .
2. kaki.
an
an
kl
et. GIIang langan, a bra
ce
let.
3.
Or s
:l-f
upa,
li
ke, a
lik
e,
si
mi
la
r, from rupa, shape, looks,
Sa·
rupa
t l
or
ma
c
ll
am
tadi .
th
e
same
as just n
ow.
-t
. Or b in
la
rar,
saik
loth. Larar, a
sail.
5. Mata-
mab,
a poli
ce
man. In In
do
ne
isa,
a
de
tec tive.
6. Or baLli, a pavilion, a ha
ll
, a pol
ice-s
tation.
7. Kfoduri , a sem i-rel
igiou
s feast o'f
co
mmemoration, etc.
8.
Or
si m ~ t i
the decease
d.
Si. the, demonstrative
prefix applied
fa
miliarly to persons. Si tna, 'the old man'. Si anu,
so-
and·so . Anu,
such
-l
md·5
uc
h.
9. Buah pi
ngga
ng,
(lit. )
the frui t of the
wa
ist ,
a kid
n
ey
.
1
0.
Jnga t , to
reca
ll, to reco llect , to th ink.
II. luu
pang
(fmpang), an
impounding
d am, a reservoir.
n .
Or
rom3h setlll ,
a Masonic
Lod
ge.
Shaitan
(scbn),
Sata
n,
the
Devil.
Ibli
s,
the
fi
end .
1
3. Bub ,
to undo,
to undress, to
take
off clothes or a
hat.
H . Tali, any cord-like object. Tali leber, a t ie. Tali slluar, bTll
ce5
.
Till
pinggang, or
ib t p
ina:gaIl8,
a wa
ist belt.
H . Ayer mata, a tear, but mata
lIyer,
a source of water.
16. Or butan brang, a 'forest
reserve.
Larang, to forbid.
17.
A1:I
ta ba
ri
,
(lit.)
the
eye
of the da
y,
the sun.
18.
Or
korek api, match
es,
from korek, to bore, to dig o
ut
.
19.
Ch
ap, a tra
de
mark,
a
c
hop
,
the
name or
style
of
a
Chin
ese
finn. Chap
bi.
lI8an or chap
jari
,
finge
r-print
s.
brand new white socks.
Is
th
at so?
A
tall nnd handsome woman
wearing anklP,ts of
th
e
same type as these.
When
you
sew canvas clo
th
you
h
ad
bett
er
pu
t on a
thimble, Nyonya.
The lorry dr iver's licen
ce
ahd nger-pr ints are wi
th
the poli
ce
at
th
e station.
Th e Malays
ar
e holding a
kenduri (feast) to·niclIt.
The deceased was suffering
from kidn
ey
trouble.
I think the reservoir is in the
Bo tanical Gardens.
Which one is the Masonic
By the Town
Hall,
SIr .
Take off yo
ur
n€ICktie and
put it on top of the bed.
My parents' tears fell
co
n·
tinuously.
Tha
t
is th
e old man's spring
in the forest reserve.
Our relations k
eep
a whole
lot of poultry on the
ir
rub
be
r plantation.
P'ack
tha t crockery in the
empty cart.
T
aka
out the bedding
(na
tive style) and put it in
th
e heat of the sun, B
ee
.
Buy a box of Hand·
brand
. matches in the
hot
el.
pasang sarong
kaki1 puteh
yang bam. Ya .kah?
Sa-orang
p u a n
yang
tinggi lagi ch
im
tek pakai
g
l
lang
ka1ci
t
macham' iN .
Apabila jahit kain· kenb is&
b e h
baik
pnk
ai
sarong
jan,l Nyonyah.
Laiseu
e
bawa lorie dan chap
jan
ada sarna mata-mata'
di-nunah pasongG (balai).
Orang M
l
layu ada buat
kmdurF malam
sl
karang.
Orang
mati
8
itu
saldt bush
pin
gg
ang.'
Saya ingat
lO
kolam ayer
a
da b u n
bun ga.
Mana satu
rwnah
hantup12
Dekat
balai bnndnr,
Tuan.
Buka
a
tali leher
u
taroh li-
at
as
tmpat
tidor.
Ayer a l ~ msk bapa saya
turu.n
s ~ l a l u
ltu-lab mata
si
S tua
di·dalam hutan simpan.
18
Saudara kita simpan ayam
itek banysk·banyak di.
ki hun gMah.nya.
Simpan pinggan mangkok
itu dalam kheta koson
g.
Ba
wa
keiuar
tikar
banta
taroh dalam panas mata
hari,a Bi{1) (Bibi).
Bell sa·kotak machis
18
chap
'
tangan di·rumah
ma1can.
98
M AL AY M ADE
EASY
LESSON 49
M ALAY
M ADE E AS Y
EXERCISE
99
The author of
t is
book, by
Pmgarang
1
buku
ni, ikut pa
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 56/68
Fo r
mation of Nouns by Affixation.
Derivative nouns are mainly from verbal roots.
Firstly, those form
ed
from the
pr
e fix pi and. its modifl·
cations which generally denote the agent or Instrument.
Secondly, those formed from the suffix an o t i n g the
res
ult
of the action or the
ac
tion itseU; also the LDStrume
nt
or
thing on which
an
action
is pe
rf
or
med.
Thirdly. those formed from the prefix pi
and th
e suffix
an which denote a quality related to the root word.
Fourthly,
th
ose fonned from
th
e pr
enx
kl and the suffix
an denoting a state or condition.
EXAMP
LES
to compo se
karang
pengnrang
an author
to steal
churl
penchuri
a thief
to be
ill
sakit
y a k i t
a disease .
to eat
maknn
rnakanan
f
ood
to
w r i t ~
tulis
tulisan
writing
to work
k ~ r j a
p i k ~ r j n
occupation
to feel
as
pet-asaan
fee lings
a king
raja
k ilrajaan
government
c1ev
pandai
Upandaian
cleverness
wrong
salah
L:esa1ahan
a crime
NOTES
ON
EXERC ISE
I .
PI is
modified following the rul
es
for Dul. Lesson
50.)
2. That which is worn, from pakai , to wear .
3
Or
sap
u (I.), a broom. Plnyapu lidi, a twig·broom. Lidi, a
palm.lea f rib. Bulu ayam , a feather duster.
i .
IG
mlllgan, a composition, that which has been
put
toge ther.
Pubr .
m,
a wind l
ass
,
t h ~ t
which
rotates .
5.
b ·itu, namd
y.
la.
la
h, that i
s.
6
prefixed to a cardinal number and preceded
by
yang , that
wh ich, creates
an
ordi
nal
except
fo
r
yang
plrtama, the
fir
st. Pl rtama,
fir
stl
y, fir
st of all. Used
ad
jectivally ordi
nal
s follow the word tlley
qualify. Ya
ng
kfd u
3, tIl
e second. Kfdua, botll, secondly. Kl
ti8a
.
the three,
all
three. Fractions can be form ed
by
pr
efixi
ng plr to
the ordinal three.fourths, tiga plrampat.
7. A few
·'
the prefix U . KI
Undak
, a wish.
8.
The
verba
pir
pl
us
an
al
so fonns nouns.
,
his clothes. is a Filipino.
Th
e gun thief has been
arrested in Amboyna.
Cholera is
an
extremely
malignant disease.
Bring a bro
om and
sweep
o
ut
t is
,filth, Mansoor.
I
was
ill
just now through
eating some bad food.
Th
ere
are
many kinds of
fi
sh
in the
ocean
H
is
writing
is
ugly
and
the
composition useless.
In
this plantation
ther
e
are
twenty or thirty kinds of
fruit. No admittance.
What was your business in
Medan, Sir (or Master)? I
ran a Japanese hotel.
t
seems to me
th
at it's
poorly made.
You must obey
th
e govern
ment's orders
Th
e cleverness of Euro
peans is great , indeed,
i.e. ge
tting oil (fuel) from
the nipah-palm.
I don't
quit
e remember
what
th
e second accused's
cr
im
e
was
In
the first place, he de
sires to look for a windlass,
Abdullah.
We want to see a ronggeng
(dance) show to-night.
kaian
3
-nya, orang Menila.
h u r i senapang sudah
kenn tangkap di-Ambun.
Kolera
e
itu satu ¢nyakit
yang
amat
jahat.
Bawa ~ y p u sapu k ~ l u a r
kotor
ini,
Mansor.
Saya ~ a k i tadi s6bab makan
makanan
tabaik.
Ada banyak bangsn ikall
dalam
lautan.
Tulisan-nya ta 'chantek dan
karangan
4
_nya ta 'pakai.
Di-Ubun
Wi
ada dua tiga
puloh macham
buoh.
buaJlon. Di-Iarang masok.
Apa pekb'jaan
Tuan
(or
Mastar) di-Medan dolu?
Saya buka hotel }epun.
Pada ~ r a s a a n saya buat
an
-o ya kurang baik.
Engkau mesti ikut hukum
k&ajaan.
~ d i orang Eropah
ban
yak betul i a - i t u ambit
minyak dati pokok
nipah.
Saya tabb'a
pa
in
ga
t
apa
~
a l a h a n
orang salah
yang
kMua
.'
Pasal y.mg pt' rtama,'
keMndak
1
-nya nak chari
pu t
aran,· Abdullah.
Kitn mau tengok p( rmain
an
8
ronggeng ini malam.
100 M AL AY M ADE E ASY
LESSON 50
Derivative Verbs.
M L Y M D E E ~ Y
EXERCISE
101
That bull s given to goring
Umbu jantan
itu
biasa
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 57/68
Derivative verbs are fonned from verbal roots and other
parts of speech by the use of
affixes
. (Page 102.
)
The prefix me with its modifications, expresses an action
and is used to form verbs from olher parts of speech,
as
well as to affix to verbs in composition and in polite con
versation but seldom in the coDoquial
The
prefix
bE r
when added to a word expresses a state
or condition and forms an intransitive verb, or a verbal
adjective meaning 'having' or ·possessing'.
The
prefix ter to a verb denotes a past participle or a
completed action with often a hint of the accidental.
The prefix per creates causative verbs often with
kan.
The suffix kan-derived from akan, to, towards, creates
transitive verbs out of nouns, adjectives and intransitive
verbs, and may al
so
be added to a trans itive one.
a
hom
to rub
to fold
a beard
a r
oo
t
to
ex
tinguish
to poUT
to teach
strong
a noise
E
XAMPLE
S
tandok mennndok
gosok
mE n
ggosok
lipat ~ r l i p a t
janggut bm-janggut
akar bt rakar
padam
tt' :rpadam
luang
tertuang
ajar ajarkan
kuat m6nguatkan
bunyi bunyikan
NOTES
ON
EXERCI
SE
to gore
to rub down
to be in folds
bearded
having roots
extinguished
powed out
to instruct
to strengthen
to sound
I . Bl r can
also imp
ly repctition and whcn I)rcfixcd to
l
llu
lUcra
l
or fc.duplicated
1I0\l
n me1 ns 'in', Bfribu, in thousands
8
only
before an ini tial f).
IU
rdua. in
N"05.
llit:mg
bl"rtiga,
to come
in
a pa rty
of three.
c r l i p l t l i ~ t in folds.
2. iCaJl
m
ay
be
uscd
with the r
oo
t
fo rm in
thc impera ti
ve.
3
Plrhabis, to
fi
ni
sh
off
Pfrhati, to not
ice.
4 Th
e suffix i is occa
si
ona
lly
mct with an1 l turns no
un
s and
adj
ec
tives into tran
si tive
ver
b
s,
c.g.
plrbai1o:i,
to
ma
kc good .
I t is
sometimes intcrchangeablc
witll 1o:3n
, but i
ll
olhcr
cascs
it altcrs the
Ineaning. l\1:engubatU Il , or meugubati, to doctor. Mfnjalanbn ,
to
start
up, but
mlnjaiani, to tra
ve
l o
ver
.
people, Said.
The syce is going
to
go and
rub down the horse.
Send this handkerchief back
nicely folded.
He s not very old y
et but
he has a beard.
Look for young wild plants
that have roots.
He owes me thousands of
dollars still.
The wind was exceedingly
strong, and so all the
lamps were blown out.
Water poured out
if
not
drunk
will
be wasted.
Teach him to become a hair
dresser like yourself. As
you like.
This medicine will strength
en
the
body. Drink it
up
.
Observe carefully how he
writes a letter
in
Jawi.
Sound the
bell louder; t
has been mended.
At the time you came, bro
ther Haron, J had begun
to shave myself.
A
perso
n just after child
birth cannot work at start
ing up an engine.
The Doctor has gone off to
treat some people in their
homes.
mtnnndok orang, Said.
Sais mau pergi menggosok
kuda nanti.
Kirim
sapu
tangan ini balek
berlipat baile·baile.
Dia belum Mrapa
tua
lagi
tetapi sudah berjanggut.
Chari aDak pokok hutan
yang sudah berakar.
Dia berhutang beribu-ribu
t
ringgit Jagi kapada
aku.
Angin telampau kuat.
rnenjadi semua lampu
sudnh terpadam.
Ayer tl rluang kalau ta'
minulJl t6rbuang.
Ajarkan
2
dia jadi tukang
gooting rambut macham
diri sendiri. 'Mana suka.
Ubat ini akan menguatkan
hadan. Minum plrhabis.
P&hatikan
S
bagaimana ia
menulis surat Jawi.
Bunyikan locheng koat lagi;
sudah di_pttbailci,4
Pada waktu abang Hamm
datang saya sudah mulai
~ r c h u k o r
Orang baru lepas beranak
ta' boleh bikerja
min
jalankan
4
eoji.o.
Tuan Doktor sudah bi r
jalnn mengubati
4
orang
di-rumah-nya.
IOZ
M L Y M DE E SY
THE ME, PER AND BER PREFIXES
The verbal prefix ml changes for the sake of euphony
M L Y M DE
E SY
103
TIlE ME AND PE DERIVATlVES
A
TA
BLE OF MODIFICATIO
NS
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 58/68
according to the initial letter of the root word.
M6 remains me before 1 m, n, ny, or r.
Mi
becomes mem before h, or p, dropping p.
Mt' becomes nren before ch, d,
i,
or t, dropping t.
Me becomes meng before a vowel, or g. h, k, dropping k
Me becomes meny before s, dropping s.
As th e appropriate modification
is
invariably 'used, the
root form of a roll derivative is usually obvious.
A few common verbs are always found in the derived
form. but the roo t may be
in
use as well, i.e
.:
m ~ n a n g i s to cry. and also nangis, to weep. from tangis.
mertari, to dance, om tari; tari-menan, dancing.
In the case of re-duplicated verbs, where the meaning
s
generalized or reciprocal, me is affixed to
the
second
half, i.e. bacha-membacha, reading, or pukul-mbnuku1, to
exchange blows, hut mimbacha·bacha means 'just' readi ng
and m ~ n l l n g i s - n a n g i s 'continual' crying.
~
derivatives are usually transitive verbs, which can
be
regarded as being in the infinitive mood or as baving
participial force. They are never used in the imperative
mood nor in the passive
voi
ce.
A
co
nsiderable number of verbal roots do not take the
prefix at all, but usage is the on y guide.
Both the transitive suffixes kan and i may be
affix
ed to
m6 derivatives, more especially when these latter are
formed from parts of speech other than verbs.
The pre6x per, plus the suffi x kan or
i
is applied to
some root words to form transi tive verbs which may then
become
m(
derivatives. especially in literature.
, P ~ r b a i k i or mmtperbaiki. to mend, to improve.
P( ranakkan, or mbnperanakkan, to beget young .
The prefix
bf r
with a verb implies that the subject
fo
rm
s the action himself or upon himself, the derivative
being an infinitive or a present parti
ci
ple.
B ~ c h u k o r to shave oneself; iK rchampor, mixing.
Bf r, prefixed
to
a noun, forms an intransitive verb.
r k a m p o n g
to assemble; ~ r g u n a to
he
of use.
•
to forget lupa meJ.upakan u p a forgetful
to drink minum mlminum pmiinum a drunkard
to advise nasiliat mmasihat ~ n a s i h a t an adviser
to sing nyanyi mmyanyi penyanyil a minstrel
to pirate rompak m6rompak
~ r o m p a k
a pirate
to do buat m( mbuat p6rbuatan
2
act,
deed
to hit pukul mlmukul pt mukul a hammer
to steal churl m6nchuri pm.churi a thief
to sit dudok
m ~ n d u d o k
plndudok inhabitant
to sell jual
mmjua
l p6:ljuaI a salesman
to write tulis m6nulis p( nulis a writer
to teach ajar mmgajar plngajarA .an instructor
to spell e ja m6ngeja ejaan
4
spelling
to tie ileat mtngikat p( ngikat a bond
to treat ohat m ~ n g o b a t i ptngooot a balm
to measure
ulcor
mmgukor ukoran
4
measurement
to dig gali
m ~ n g g a l i
p6nggali
a
spade
to escort hantu m ~ g h a n t a r ptnghantar a guide
to dirty lrotor m ~ n g o t o k a n p( ngotor untidy
to sweep sapu mmyapu pmyapu a broom
NOTES
1. Tukang
Dyanyi, a
singer.
PI d
eriva
tives denoting the agent or
instrument are often replaced by
natUial
nouns or compound
s,
whilst the verbal fonn may
sbn
d both for the implement and the
work
it performs, i.e. sapu, a broom.
2. The pre
fix plr wit
h or
wi
thout
th
e
suffilt
an, fonns no
uns,
which ,
if
fr
om ve
rbal
roots, denote the resultant of the action
nam e
d.
and if from oth er
parts
of speech, denote a quality associated
with the roo t
wo rd
.
Plm5:ilp,
a censer.
3.
The prefilt
pi
, with or without the s
uffi
lt an, in volves the
use
of mod ifications to the initial letter of th e roo t word,
e.g.
plngajamn,
tea
ching, instruction; but pliajanm, knowledge, from bli ajar, to learn .
4.
Th
e lu
ffilt
an crates
bo
th nou ns an d adject i
ves.
e.
g.
ta1i
uk
OC
ID .
a
b pe·measure;
orang
paoggiian,
a guest.
It can be suffixed to
a
1l0UD to
create an other conb ining some resemblance to th e fint, e.g. rambutan,
a sh
aggy fruit,
from
ra
mbut, hair, and if added to re.duplicated words
indicates the
whole
dan or
range,
e.
g.
buah·bua
,
all
sorts of
fr
uit.
104 M A L A Y M A D E
EASY
MALAY PROVERBS
(Extracts 'from 'Malay Proverbs', by
A.
W Hamilton
,)
M A L A Y
M ADE EASY
MALAY QUATRAINS
(Extracts
from
'Malay Pautuns' , by A. W. Hamilton.)
105
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 59/68
Like plates and dishes dashing
at
the slightest lack of care-
The continual bickerings of an ill-assorted pair.
Bagai pinggan dengan mangkok, salah sl dikit hl ndak
t ~ r a n t o k
The onlooker may
be
in
is
most sympathetic state,
But the shoulder 'neath the burden
is
the one to feel the
weight.
B ~ a p a b&-at
mata ml manclang bl rat juga bahu mmillrul.
There
is
fine
as
well
as
we
t:
Some day I'll get even yet.
Ada hujan ada panas, ada hari boteh balas.
To sit like a frog 'neath a coconut
shell-
The smug stay-at-homes who in ignorance dwell.
S e ~ r t i
katak di-bawah tbnpurong.
Were there no breeze the trees would not
quiver
But for a fire there is no smoke soever.
Kalan tiada angin ta' akan pokok
~ r g o y a n g
A debt of gold we can repay;
Kindness indebts till
OUf
dying day.
Hutang mas boleh di-bayar, hutang budi di·bawa mati.
Pleasure 6rst with pain to
follow-
Sinful joys which lead to SOITOW.
SMap dabulu sakit kem.udian.
Wh
ere do ants die but in
sugar?-
Men risk ruin for their pleasure.
Di-mana semut mati kalau tidak dalam gula?
NOTE; Terantok, to clash. Bahu, a shoulder. Kabk, a frog.
Tempurong, a coconut·shell. Goyang, to shake. Budi,
kindness. Sldap, pleasant.
•
•
•
.
LOVE'S COMMENCEMENT
Whence the dove on outstretc
hed
pinion?
From the swamp
to
6elds apart.
Whence the dawn of love's dominion?
From the eye it 6res the heart.
Dari mana punai melayang?
Dati
paya turun ka
.,
padi.
Dari mana datang sayang?
Dari mata turon ka-hati.
HOPE SURPASSING
However high the palm .tree stretche
s,
Higher still is smoke of
fire.
However high Mount Ophir reache
s,
Higher still my heart's desire,
Berapa tinggi puchok pinang,
Tinggi lagi asap api.
Berapa tinggi Gunong Ledang,
Tinggi lagi harap hnti.
DEPARTED DAYS
On Penang
's
isle the town is new,
Where Captain Light was harbour-master,
Pass not the old times in review,
Lest welling tears bl;lt ow the faster.
Pulau Pinang bandar-nya barn,
Kapitan Light menjadi shahbandar.
Jangan di-kenang zaman dulu,
Dudok mengalir ayer mata.
NOTES; I. Pantnn, a quatrain consisting of two coupitts, the latter
of which com'e} S tlle
meaning,
wh
il
st the
former forms
a foil or suggestive setting.
2.
Punai, the green pigeon. ' Mllayang, to float down.
Paya
, a swamp. Puchok, leaf tips. Gunong, a mountain.
Kllnang, to
dwell
upon. Zaman, a period. Ml"ngalir,
to
flow.
106
M A L A Y
M A D E EASY
VOCABULARY
107
SYLLABIC VOCABULARY
ba
sket
ba kol
b
isc
uit, D.
his knit
"
k I no jaDe
"
(crisp)
U w poll.
C = Chinese; 0 =
Dut
ch; E
=
English; H
=
Hindustani;
ba th (bathing tim pat·man di bite
gi
, i t
bitter
pa (h)
it
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 60/68
J
=
Indon
esia n; J= Ja
va nese; P
=
Portugu
ese
.
•
place)
"
(b
ilk) D.
b'"
bla
ck
hi tam
A
bathe
IIl l1n di bl
anket
I
Ii
Dlut
able
bo kh
anotller( mo re) 13 , i
batik
b:i tek
d
'
P
b o ~
, w
"
(d ifferen t ) bin
,=
,
P'
'
boo,
$;1
m p.m
acco
rding
'0
i kut answer
ja
WliIIb
bo
od ,
.. (sh ip's) D.
W'
ito chi
account
k in
,
$I mut
.
bchaDi:
boatswain,
H.
=
accustomed
hi .
SolI
appearllllCC
ru
P '
,
b han
"
D.
"'" =u
,cl
sa
kit
Ap ri
l, D.
'P
riI
,
pu ku
l
body
'
'.
""'"
51 bI l l lIl,
An b
, nb
beautiful chan tck boil
r ' bus
'
d
tun
00b areca·nut pi naD&:
because
f:a 5:1
1,
pa sal
"
(bubble)
Olin d j
deb
aff
air
pfr
ka fa
a
rm
(fore)
na ..
(reason) . .
..
(water) rna salt
a
ff
ection
-
around
k. Ii lin&
U r a n a ~
E.D.
bu
ku
afra
id
ta kot
,=, b ng kap
I.
ka r ' na
~
su ra t, ki tab.
after
I,
p u
an i,'c sam pal
ja di
ka sut
u
bis artisan
tu
hng. ju ru
bed (sleeping' tam paMi dot
~ m
p.
5 pI tu
"
(later)
k ~ u ) d i au
ascend
~ i k
place) Ia hir
"
I.
kl mu di an
as
hamed
= ' u be(h pread, D.
slprai
bo
rr
ow
pin jam
(nex t)
hi Ia kana
,,
'
"
,..
•
beer, E.O .
biT bo
ttl
e, E. ho tol
aft ernoon
-
as l.: 'for
min
ta
before {fronl}
d l
pan
bott
om . .
~ h
J.
~
"
(formerl
y)
d
(a
h)u lu
howl
mang kok
aga iu
Jail
August,
D.
au gus
tus
bet in
mil
Iai
bo
,
pi
'
g'
u mor
awake ja sa
be ind
b l l a b n i
i=
ko tak
.g
o
ud i
B
believe
pir cha ya
~
D. ~
agreement
jan ji
bell, C.
10 cheng
hu
dak
alh
'e
hi
dup
bah) , E.O .
b d i
.
below
' ~ h
,,(se
rvant) E .D.
bo
y. jong
os.
,11
5 mu a
..
k
b i Ia
kani
bo
lt
ta I
i·
,,(yo
ung) P.
sin yo
"
5 aa
1a
bacon, E .O . be kin, spek
(waist)
ping gang
bracelet
1
lani
"
51 ka
Ii an
bad (wicked)
ja
hat
bench, P . bani
1m
brand, H .
chap
allow uri
"
,.
j l
lek
beside sa·
hi
lah
brave h i ra ni
(let )
bi
If
,. (putrid)
bu
sok
betel·leaf
si reh hr
ead, H .
to
ti
alm
os
t
urn pit
. . .. E.D.
bek, las
between
di.
Un
g ah
b
,k
p i chah
alone
.... nna
....,'
-
be
...
; re
an
taora
(in two) , b b
already
ru
" 'b
,,
tim' ja sa (0
'[
rope) pu tus
although
SUlli
ao
ll·
pun
ball, P.
bob
1.
a
ti
-a
Ii
bright ti l rang
1.
mls ki·
pun
bamboo, H.
'm
bu
•
~ c l c E.
bai
si
kal
bring
ba a
a1 ;;'5
51 la lu banana
pi sang
big'
D.
56 pc da
b= d Ie bar
Am
er
ic:om a me ri u n
bant
le g.....
hi ,
broker, E.
hi
ro
kar
among di·
t l , ah
boIn , E.D.
benk, bank
b ill
ki I ll D.
rna U
, .
d
daD, wa
'''
'
tong
ung
(reckoning)
rek en
ing br;,'th er (elder)
a bani
ang
ry
~ h
,k
ku lit
D.
(Tamil)
....
animal
bin a tana
,=
1
....
b ird
hu
ron
£;
H.
n
noy
ka cbau rosin
mang kok
biscuit, E.
his
kot
J.
'''''
Note.
-Le t ten
in brackets are o
mitted
i . speech.
M .M . :.
9
108
VOCABULARY
VOCABULARY
1
09
cin
e
ma W2
12ng-
~ ~ ,
brother
(younger) a del:
,h
,,(pictures)
gamba,
E.D.
ku ki, ko
ki
" (Tamil)
bm
(ready)
wang-tu
nai
" (hioscope) D. bio skop
~
H
ku
Ii
brush, E.
h i . . .
D.
kon tan
circumstances hal
co ral (rock)
ka
romg
I.
si
kat
cashier,
D.
ka
sir
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 61/68
•
clamour
hi
sing
co rrect
Hul
buckd, H.
bal
di
,,'
1m
ch
ina:
class, E.D. ke
las
,,
'
bar K3
·
buHd
D. om
be<
catch
tallg kap
cl
ean
b.J,
couch, E.
bus
i kat
cattle
Mm h u
cl
ear t rang
(bench )
I.
bang ku
bully
sa
m seng
ty
bti
clerk, H . k l r ao i cou nt
kim
bum
ba kar
pa sal, & sal
,
J.
iu m ou
lis
hi bng
"
'
c l e ~ e r
= m
.. . ~ s o n )
'''
pan dai
counb'y n
d ' ri
bus,
E.
hm
ceiling, E.
si
li n
K
j.
pm
tar
tu
tup
b
usiness
kf f
ja
D.
pb
fOD
·
coverlet
~
Ii
mutlimb uaik
b"
t i ta pi
cement, KO.
si men,
54
men
clock jam crime
g b b
butt
er, P.
mIn te aa
cen t, E.O.
=
'
'.
J.
Ion cheug
cr
ossroa
d
sem paJll
button , E.
hu tang
centre
Mng
ah
cloth
h in
tty
mll nang is
(bolt )
lean
china:
ce
rtain
tofn tu
d Olnes
pa h i an
tang
is
b"
bI Ii
Ceylonese .
se
10D
club, E. U lab
I.
nang is
by
o leh, dek
chain
nn
tai
" (society) D. SOl
" P
mang
kok
C
cha ir
U
IU si
coachman, H . sais
.. ( ') C.
cha wan
cabbage,
E.
D.
ko bis, kol
chalk
JI
D.
ku sir cupboa r
d,
P. al rna ri
c:abin, E .D.
ke bin,
hut
champagne, ED sam
pin
•
'
ba jll
curry, H. bri
cabobs, J.
u"
change
tu kar
,
D.
j. . (to) gubi
-
cake
hdl
'
'''P
rn ,
rnb
coconut
U
La
pa
cushion
ban tal
E.
,,'
cheese, P.
ke ju
..
uyi or
customs, E. kas
tam
ki ra
chetty,
H. che
ti
T
(cream)
sa
n tan (dues) D.
du an
alculate
'
''
pana- gil
chicken
.
.,...
,
coffee, E .D.
ko
pi.
'
po
t
camera
pi
ti-gam hcJr
child
a oak
<
<old
sI jok
cu t (cleave)
bh
D.
1ro
chilli
chi Ii, la
cia
J. ding in
D
(able)
bul'
"
(pep
pers)
c
ha bai
·
.
collar, ED ko
hr,
kl rah
I.
hi sa
"
J.
10m bo.
colour
~ M
'-
ki tis
~ ~ d 1 e Ii
lin
chi
mney, E.
chim o j
comb
si kat
d,m
am pang
'
ko lek
(lamp) D .
gIaS-lam po
I. si sir
dancing·sir roDg
gena-
'P
ko pi ah
Chinese
c
hi na
,
m,
da tana:
jo get
(Malay)
song kok C.
ti
ong.
ho
a
(hither)
=ri
dark
g. lap
P
'
tan
jong (doctor)
(out )
t hb i t date ha ri·bu
laD
ap b in, E.
kap
taD
chocolate, R.D.
cbo ki lat
(on)
l
.yo
J.
tang gal
D.
kapi
ten cholera, E.D.
ko Ie ra
comm
and
hu
kum
daugh t
er
(of)
biD
ti
card,
ED
kat,
kal
tu
choppe
r pa
faD i
•
commission,
E.
urn
'y
t..r i
care
(heed)
p i
du Ii
Christian,
E.
kris
ti an
" (brokerage)D.
ko m.i. I i daytime si ang
J.
plr
du Ii
D. his
ten
companion b ~
do"
rna hal
ca;riage (cart)
kI re ta
Chr
istmas,
E.
kis mis
company, ED.
kOm
p i
ni
debt bu
tang
(gig) beD di
church, p .
g l
re ia
complete chu
kUp
d=r<d
bu rok
(pony) I . sa do
cigar, E .D. si gar
compose December, D. de scm
bIr
cony
' ~
(cheroot)
chi r t
concerning
tin
talll
d
,p
da lam
" (on shoulder) pi kul
I.
r u t u
da ri hal definite
tin
hi
,
t tap
-case (court) hi cha Jl1
cigaret te
TO kok
consul,
E.D.
kon sol
descend
to=
E.
~
E.D. si g.l ret
110
VOCABULARY
VOCABULARY
I I I
.desire
rna
(h)u
Dutch, D.
hoi
Ian cia
-"
h i
Ian
ia
'n'
plr ta rna
d ~ t a i n
hln dalt
dwe
ll
du dok
.. (outla
y) D
oug kO$
" (of all )
m u
hi
ta
haD
E
expensive rn
a
hal
' ,h
i lean
.devil
sha i
tin
~ e D
kI
113 fish ·trap
ke loug
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 62/68
" (sa tan), I.
" b .
ti
ap
·ti ap
•
-'
jn ru
litting pa tut, ba IU$
.. (fiend)
i blis
(every)
rna sin
g.Dl
lI sing
atinguish
pa
dam
,,,
Ji rna
-die
rna ti
1.
g 'n
.,.
,,
pa
sa llg
.different
lain
te
Iillg
II
flag,
P. ben de
ra
.difficult
su salt
" 1.
ku ping
F
fl,'
ra la
-<lig
ou t
ko
rck
carth
ta
Dab
Resll
da
aina
.dirty
ko tOr
ea
sy
s I nall&
f
ron ka
floo, ta
Dah
discuss
bi
eM
ra
I.
gam pani:
'
fa
cing
ha dap,
tin
taug
flower
bung a
t
ilia kan •
:factory,
D.
pa hi
rik
dish
mang kok
'
te pi
fair
tut
1.
k'm bang
.dismiss
bu aug
fly
t
lr ball. :
.district. ED. dis bik
.. 1.
ping gir
.. (rcasonable)J.
pon
. . .
fold
Ii pat
.. (officcr)
D. kOD
t f f
1
J:
'gg
t l lor
II
ia tob
follow i kilt
" J.
bu pa ti
eight
(dI ) Ia
pan
...
ki
pas
tu
rut
-disturb ka chan
" 1.
d l
Ia
pan
b,
jauh
f ~
rna u n
I. b chait
elder
lei tu a
ru'
pu a sa
ma lean
an
electric, E.
lele
trile
..
,
Sl mok
f ~ t
divide
00. (ha) ai
D. IUtrik
Il
a sib
lea
ki
<10 bu at
employ
ta t
e
10'
ba
gi
.
b i
•
father
' p '
(serve)
ja di
l ~ t y
ko song
I-
bn
at
-doctor, KO. dole tor
on'
ha
his
:fathom
d.
pa
forbid
1a
raug
c.
engine
E.D.
en
ji
ll
iault
sa Jail
fOfest lIu
tan
~ ~ b r
an jina
engineer, E.
en
jill
t
" (mistake) si l
ap
" (secondary) hi lu lear
ring git
" O.
in si nyo
f,,,
ta kut
forget I
II pa
-done
'
doh
English, E. ing ge r
is
least
kfn du I i
forgive am pun
don
't
jang an
enough
chu
kup
-feather
bu Iu
fork, P .
gar pu, gar fu
<100'
pin
tu
enter
>Ok
..
February, D.
februari
fo
nn er
ly
d (ab)u
lu
.:lozen, E .D.
do l .el l , 10
sin
l ,1 g=
fttl
'0 . .
<lnw tn lis
err or g lob
<em.1,
b f t iWl
fortune
UII tong
drawer, P. b chi
pe
bn
<on",
pa
gar
four
11m
pa t
,
m pat
< I
pa leai
,,,,,,
,
bon
,
foteh alii bi
fowl
.m
drink
m; num
estuary
leu a Ja
f ett er
pa
sollg
free, D.
p
.drive
' ~
Eurasian $Il ra oi
I,w
sf
di leit
French p i tan ehis
I.
ia Jan lean
D.
in do sik it
fre
sh
ba (ha)
ru
..
(away)
ha lau
European e fO pah
field P;I. dang
Fri day jilin a
at
"
J.
u sir
cvenmg
pi tang
•
Ja pang au
f r i ~ ~
jow a
hat
. d r i ~ e r H.
...
).
~
Ond ·
da
pat
lea
wan
" E.
drai ha
' '''
. , . ,
ruili
OO
ba au s
:: I.
sa ha
bat
" (chaufleur)D. so
pir
cvery
$Il mu a
" (beautiful) e 10k
53 bat
drunle
rna bole
evidence
sale 5i
finger
103
ri
" (companion)
tfrn
an
<1'1'
Uring
examine
.,.",,,
finish
ha bis
from
'ri
ducle
i td:
excellen t
'" ,w
' '
a pi front
d . pan
l-
I>< 1><.
:;\
me-Jain lean
" (to)
g
(be for
e)
ha da paD
.d
urian
du ri lID
P '
bu ana
fireplace
'" P"
fruit I>u
ah
112
VOCABULARY
>1
,
t.
,
VOCABUL
ARY
113
fey
,0_
grind
gilm,
~
hol iday
ba ri-bHaz'
I
full
p i noh (circular)
I d =
g r ~ H .
.. (leave)
H. cbu
t i
jam, ED.
jem,
sf
Iai
G
I.
to
kang
. k.u
da
home
ru
mah
January,
D.
)'liD U an
boop
gl lang
jl
pun
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 63/68
ground
~
• Japanese
pfft t
SU
i1der ru pi ah
hop<
' Dp
I.
j l pan&:
gallon
,, 'bog
guilty
a Lili
t:
hom
tan dok
ja
r,
'0.
to ,
E.
,,
1=
.OO
sl na
pang
bone
ku . . .
J
aVllnese
ja wa
gambier
gam bit
D.
si
na
pan
hospital,
E.D.
bos pi tal
jetty. E
ieti
gambling
iu di
•
hot
pa nas
{.
" (bridge)
I.
ilm ba tan
,.
gaol, ED.
jel, bui
H
~
ho
tel, ED. ho
tel
low
ya hu di
garden
Uhun
hour
jam
joy
sn
ka
gas, ED.
...
hair l i m
but
house
ru mah
ha kim
, to
pin to
(body)
hu
lu
.. (stone)
" doug
jud
ge
'
.
June, D.
yo
oi
eeotltman
tu
• •
sa.
ting
ah
bow (in wha t
rna cham.
Gttm..
jlI
man sf
pa
rob
woy)
~
July,
D.
yu li
h;m,
ED.
'
get
...
, t
hem, h;am
~
':.
(much)
ha pi.rna na
K
" (incur)
k ~
, .d
tang an
blI _
pa
.. (up)
bani
un
handcu
ff
' ~ o g
bundred
Dbu
kapok
(cotton)
Ita bu-b bu
ghost
han tu
handsome e
10k ~
hungry
b
pn
I.
pok
gid
(young)
1.
no ni
h3ppen
j3 di
) ,
h ,rt
sa
kit
<ep
sim pan
give
Ita si. hi
ri
h a ~ y
ru ""
•
~
husband
b i d
ketchup
ki
chap
" (divide)
ba gi
h'
k i m
I
kettle,
ED.
ke tel
glass, E.D.
hat,
H.
to pi
~
key
tun ehi
" (material)
have
,
..
sa (h
3)
ya
a nak·kun
chi
,
,0
pI(r)
gi
h'
di
a,
ill
a ku, ham ba
bu
ah·piDg
gang
;
kidney
pigi
hO><
U pa la
'co
ay er·ba to
kind
ma cham
.. (out)
k' In ar
" (of house)C
tau
ke
,.
, E.D
ais,c:s
ba ,al
" (home) pu
1aIli:
headman ping hu In
.
if '
ji Ita lau
t i l ja
ing
" (back)
. kk (official)J. w6
da
na
ii b , b lan
kitchen
......
" (by)
b ',
h ,
ding
ar
ill
sa kit knife
pi sau
goo
t b m bing
heart
ha
ti
"
<Ii-
know
b(h)u
God
uLi l i
h,,, Y
h i nt inch,
E.D.
in chi, dim
(du n'no)
In tab
gold
mas, 'mas
hedge
.....
incur
k iM
geod
k
helmet, H.
to pi
Ind
ian
hin
di
a
L
......
ba rang
help
t?.I?D
ink'
(Bengal)
bin , sa
la
H.
ku Ii
governor. ED . gub I t Ilor
here
om
da wat
labourer,
gown, E.D. 10k
hide
slm bu nyi
" P.
tin ta
I,d
bu dak
grain
hi
ji high
t inggi
,
inside
. . .
brn
odd«
tana
Ga
•
grandfather
''''''
hill
bu kit
inspect
p ' rek sa
lady,
E.
m,m
<DP
'
ang gor
hire
,,,
instead of
gan
t i
.. C .
o yo oyah
ODU
rum put
hit
P ' kuI
interfere
ka cMu
lamp, P.
lam pu
" (coarse)
bbog hoe cbaDg
Iml
in terval
51 lana, Iat _
land
" ~ h
.tt .,
miuyak
I·
..
obul
invite
p3na
ei1.
a jak
(shore)
cia
r3t
10 rong
t
.. a. hold
p
.....
(i
n)
ilm put
D.
,
hi jau 1.
pe
....
iron
...
P
t a ~ g U 3 8 e
"''''a
reetings
" bok
hole
10 -
island
pu
lau
't
di 3
,.ego
.....
11
4
V
OCA
DUL
A
RY
la t
e lam
bat
I.
]i
wat
•
(s
l
ow)
D. t. lat
laugh tlr ta wa
1i\"c
" (dw
el l
)
.. (reside)
liver
eli
am
du dok
ling ad
ha
li
1
' f
,
O12rk
et
mm y
m aster
E.
VOCAB
U
LARY
' g ,
b (h) win
tu
mas
tal
Monday
money
" (doit) D.
monopolr , D.
sl nen
du
it
pa
jak
115
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 64/68
I. 'taWIII
lawy er, E. 10 at
D.
pa
kif
roJ
lazy lUll las
lea f wlln
Ic;l r
ll h i
Ia
jar
lea
th
er ku
lit
leave, H. elm
t i
" (furl
ough)
D. p4"r lop
left
ki ri
leg ka
ki
lemon Ii mau
I.
ill" rok
Icl;d (lin jam
l
ess
xu
raug
l
et
hi af,
ka
s.i
.. (go)
I . pas
lettcr U rat
" (alphabet) h
l r hu
lUI'
Ic\"cl
I 'll
la
li
ce
nce, E.
bi
sen
" (pennit )
D.
pir mit
li
d
tu tup
lie bo bong
.. (untruth ) I. jus ta
lift
a
ll
g
kat
lig
ht
ring an
" J. ell teng
" (set) pa sang
" (fire) a pi
lighter tons
ka
ng
" (barge)
C
toa ko
like
su ka
" (ki
nd)
m l
cbam
" (as)
54
pilI Ii
lime ka por
limit bing
ga
liqueur,
D.
so
pi
list, E.D. lis, Jais
lis ten di ng ar
little
kI
chil
(few) 54
di kit
.. sik
it
lock
D.
locker
long
long time
look
.. (see)
" (
af t
er)
(out)
I.
100'"
lorry, E.O.
lose
loss
love
low
M
machin
e,
E.
D.
mad
madam, E.
r.
magistrnte.
E
..
D.
(Is
lamic)
maiden
"
J.
maidscrvant,
J.
mail,
E.
D.
main (great)
majesty
maloe
Malaoori
Mal
ay
" (script)
male
man (person)
" (male)
many
m
,p
M arch, D.
mark (tradc) H.
kun
chi
10,
ko
tal:
pan jaoe.
b
m,
teng ok
Ii (h)at
ia g:a
,
~
rup.>
10
ri
hi lang
ru
gi
ka
reh
lio da il
me sh in
rna sin
2"i ]a
mom
nyo
n
Yli
h
ilia
j
is
tret
bn '
ka
th
i
a nak.da
rao
pi ra
wan
ba
bu
mol
D"
tu an ku
bi kin,
bu at
m.
I .
00 ri
m la yu
ia wi
jan
tan
Oran
g
Ia
ki·1a ki
jan
hln
ba uyak
gamool
m'rt
cl p
•
A
,
.
.
I .
,
\
:
,
,
•
•
m
" (awning)
mat
ches,
E.
mat
ter
mattr
ess
.. D.
Ma y,. D .
m eamng
meo'
m echanic
m edicine
m"
mes
se
nger, P.
" (o
ffi
ce·bor)
D
mid
dle
'1llidnb (l
ea
f)
mil
e (stone)
" E.D.
'1llilk
mill
I.
" (band)
million, E .D.
m ~ d (h eed)
min
is
ter (sta te)
minute,
E.D
.
mirror
" 1.
M iss,
E
I.
'tIlismke
(Malay)
mistress, E,
m
ix
" (stir)
l.
M ohammedan
moment
" ago
ti
kar
ka
jallg
rna chis
ko rek4
pi
lu
i
ti lam
bol
sak
mai
Ir
ti
da ging
ti l kaog
U bat, 0
bat
jurn pa
pi
un
tim bi
o
P"
ting ah
l idi
ootu
rna 'I, pal
SII
su
ke alii
gi lilli
an
ki sar an
mil y
un
ju ta
po du Ii
min
t. Ti
mi nit
chlr
min
. . ,ru.
rni 5i
no
••
sa
lab
5i bp
I n
eheJc:
m'm
c
ham
por
ka chan
ka chok
is lam
sa·1ei
jap
sa·hln tar
ta di
mon th
moo.
morc
" . (the)
momlng
nlosquito
" curta in
most
" 1.
mother
motorcar,
E
" (auto) D.
moustache
mouth
m uch
mud
multiply
must
mustard, E
" D.
nail
name
(of Cod)
na pkin,
E.
N
" (sc
rv
ie
tt
e)
D.
natul1llly
neo,
nearly
necessary, I.
.
ttk
.
«d
needle
never
~
Jews
.
,,
'
l.
nice, J.
night
" (last )
n ine
bu
Ian
bu lao
16 beb, Ia &i
I I l2
kin
pa gi
n )'ll
mok
U
bill
bu
s a h l i
pa ling
mak, i mak
1110 to kar
o
to,
mo bil
mi
sai
mu
l
ut
ba ny
ak
lum por
pu kul
mls ti . mis ti
m
ls
tad
mOl t il
pa
ku
"a ma
bis mil lah
"ep kill
sill bet
Cle m :lIl j:
dl:i kat
ham pit'
pir
lu
Ie
ber
u sah
ja rum
ta '-pEr nah
ba(ha) ru
k(b)a oo.r
dfl pan
d,i·mu ka
e
nak
ma lam
sa·ma bm
$1m bi Ian
116
VOCABULARY
nipah-palm oi
pab
no
ti
dale
.. bu Un
noISC bu uyi
oth
(CVCf)')
ought
outside
bio
sO bog,
lat
paJut
In aT
~
~ pilgrim
~
pilfow
• pin, E.D.
pineapple
VOCABULARY
117
ha ji
''''
in, p4 ui ti
priest, P .
(pastor) 0 _
.. (
Isl.:l
mic)
I
,a
d, Ii
...
to<
i mam
pin
di
ta
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 65/68
noiW
bi
sin&
n
ose
hi doug
not
ti dale, ta'
yet bf 10m
note (oonl:),
E.
Dot
noti
ce
,
E.
no tis
nought,
E.D.
si par, uul
.. (void) ko song
Nov
ember, D.
no
vem
bit
now
I lea
rang
number,
E.
nom
bor
D.
DO
mOl
.. (figure) an&:
ka
nurse, ED
.
nas, $U.S
tlr
nursemaid, H . ay
ab
(Chinese) .a
mab.
.. (Ja
....
nese) ba bu
o
ob<y
o'clock
October,
D.
office
, E.D.
officer,
E.D.
often
(frequently)
..
J.
oil
old
00
onion
on ly
OP'
op
era (Malay)
opium
opposite
0<
..
1.
annge
d ~ r 1.
i
kut
pu leu]
ok to
blr
o
pis, lean tor
op sir
$I
Ia In
U rap
r i ng
mi
nyU
Ju .
di- II tas
ba waDi
sa (hal ja
t
hu
rna
bu '
bang sa wan
chan du
51 hi rang
•
bu
.
Ii man
j f ruk
m rob
oversetr
.. (Tam il )
ou,
owo
owne
r
I.
p
po<
= dO<
bndi l
bu
tang
pu oya
tu an
'1 01 bu
sa
pi
pa
pa
t
pack
sim pan
pain sa kit
pai
nt
chat
pair sa-pa
sang
palace
is ta na
pantry, D. I pen
paper kif t:Is
pardon rna
af,
I l l l I hap
pa
rents
rnak-ba pa
pa
st
Ia
In
I. li wat
pavilion ba lai
pawpaw p i pa YlI
pay ba yar
peace(be
on
yo
u) sa
lam -a lai
lam
pen,
E.D.
pen
..
P. pe
na
pencil, E.D. pen siJ
,
pot lot
people
0
rang
pepper
Ia
da
.. J.
mil
ri
cha
perh
aps. ba rang-b
U
permi
SS
ion, D.
plr
wi
si
person
pe trol, E.D.
ph otograph
picture
(po rtrai
t)D
.
picul
piece
pig
i2: in,
ij
in
o raug
beu zin
21m bar
aam bar
1'0<1,,,
pi
kul
U pina:
ba
bi
i
pistol, E.D.
- pity
, .. (alas)
, i .
pial "
h
' . pain
~ .. ' J_
,
plank
plan t
.. (bury)
plat
e
.. I.
p
lar
1'
1=
.. (God)
pocket,
E.D.
pod
point
police,
E.
, .. D.
, \ policema n
.. D.
, , '
,
,,
,
polish
pond
Portuguese
,..,. .
particle
post, E.D .
potato
I.
pound,
ED.
POU'
powder, E _
(face)
1-
p<own
.. (crisps)
p<oy
prepare
present
E.
pret
ty
previous
price
00
=
pistol
U
si
an
tim
pat
pa dang
a lun-a
I UD
'
pm
po 1:ok
b nam
ping pn
pi ring
oWn
••
n sha-a1
lah
po ket, sa ku
1::a
chang
tun
jok
po
lis
po Ii
si
ma ta-
mab
o pas-po
U si
go sok
ko
bm
par tu
gis
.
pu
u hi
k
in
tana:
paun,
pond
til
ani
po
dar
W dak
II
dang
U
ro
poi:
s
lm
ba(h)-yang
si ap
pj,=
chan
tel:
du lu
har sa
I.
prince
(Malay)
..
J.
.. 1-
print, H.
profit
promi
se
proper
proud
provided
pudding
111 ia
teng
ku
IJ3D
a e ran
den
chap
un
tong
j:m
ji
pa
hit
so
m
bo
ng
,I
1::u eh
(boiled)
pull
punbh
, H .
push
E. pu dina:
. .
pa
na kah
put
pu trid
quarre
l
quart
quart
er
Q
:: (25
cents) J.
queen (Malay)
q uestion
quick
.. (hurty)
raise
rattan
teach
~
r
eady
:: D.
rea
so
n
R
to
roh
bu
sok
Wr
kI
b(h)i
dIU pak
. .
ku
p l r
am pat
sa·hI Ii
t
'ng ku-am pU:ln
b n
I
lk
ch'
pat
bang .sa
po<
hu jan
ang kat
fO
hln
sa
m pai
ba eha
si ap
sf
di a
U br
.. b
pa sal, fa
sal
11
8
VOCABULARY
receip t,
E.O.
" (cash ) D.
receive
recent
fa sit, ril III
kwi tan 5i
II ri rna
' r u
,oom
oot
D.
hi lek
ka
maT
a kar
tali
se ile
seldom
If
VOCABULARY
119
tang kap
ia llInJjl
sin
di
ri
sinee
.. I.
sister
(older)
51
min
jak
Sfl
jak
ka
kak
II
dek
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 66/68
,,
,,,r
regent,
E.
regis ler,
l ~ t i c
D.
release
r
emain
remember
remove
,,,,t
replace
reply
(letter)
r
es
ident, E.O.
restful
resthoU$C, E.
I.
return
me r.&h
ka rang ·
ri
jen
Ttl
gen
rej is
tar
an l Ii ken
sau
da
III
14
pas
ting gal
lug at
aug 1::11
se wa
gan
Ii
ja 1\ 1lb
''''
es
i
den
~
'm
a sang gl fa han
ba lek
I. kern ba Ii
,,(hom e) po bng
rcvcnuC'-o ffi cc r,
C. chin teng
rice (cooked) na si
,, (
hu sked) b4
IllS
, ,(paddy) pa di
rich Ita ya
ricksha,
C.
be ch:l
right
" (correct)
(Penang) lang eha
ka
nan
be
tul
lIa rus
lila sak
rna t4ug
ballg till
SUllg
ai
lea Ii
{p
r
opc'T
}
ripe
,.
rise
r
iv
er
" J.
,
ood
,. I.
roll
roman (Latin)
WIll311 izcd
ja Ian
ia I3n an
gil ling
ro =.
Tn
mi
i><
rotten
row
rub
rubber
J.
, a
' P'
Russia
t
" d
sack, H.
"r,
go
sail
salling·ship
salary
I t
m,
..
(aU the)
samp:m , C.
P
Sa turday
sauce, E.O.
saucer
sausage,
E.D.
y
;;liool,
P.
scissou
screw,
E.
.. D.
eal, H.
~ h
second, E.D.
sec retary, E.
D.
'co
" (l
oo
k)
I.
" (visible)
,d
s
btl rok
sa
..cJe ret
go
>ok
gl tab
k:t
ret
13 ri
IU
pi
ab
r uN
' n t
su
sa
li·
lm t i
gu
ni
se III JIlat
u
'u
b ,
pe TlI (b
)
u.
il t ji
ga
Will
sa
Ill
a
iu
ga
sa
m pan
gf tab
sab
tu,
sap
till
SOS,
saliS
pi
r i l l j ;
SO sis
bi
lang
'
e ko
Iali
gu
n tillg
. . kru
sf krup
lallt
,,, p
eli1 ri
'
sek ri ta ri
se
k
ri
ta tis
teng ok
Ii
(h )
at
nam pak
bi ji
•
•
r
-,
•
.
•
"n
September,
D.
seven
'w
sh
all
shape
share
s h ~ f P
shave
,h
sheath
,h
<d
,h 'P
" 1.
sheet
"
Ib<d)
" H.
sheikh
5h illing, E.
ship
sh irt,
P
,h ,
"
1'
.
, oot
shop _
" J.
sh
ort
sh
ould
shut
,hy
Siamese
" (
nlai)
sick
side
" (ooge)
" (d ish)
sign, E.O.
silent
I.1
..er
ill
al
h:m tar
ki
rim
hn
ku
Ol
scp te
rn bIr
to joh
ja (hJit
lIa
n
Ii
ru
P'
ba (h:l) &i an
un 10k
ha
bu
a
ll
la jam
diU
l.:
or
di a, ia
sa rollg
bang
5:11
bi
ri-
bi
ri
dom ba
l.:e
ping,
lai
56 Ii
ULu
t
eha
hI
shekll
56
l
inK
Ita pal
ke me ja
kl sut
sa pa
tu
tem
k6 dlli
IVa rong
pen dek
pa tut
til lup
ma 1\1
si am
tai
sa
kit
sa-hi lah
te
pi
sam 001
sain, tek ken
di
11m
pe rok
.. (younger)
.. (Japanese)
si
t
six
sk ill
skirt
slave
slccp
sl i
pllC
T E.D.
sl
ow
sl
owly
s f l \ ' ~ l l
I.
smokc
so (thus)
::
(like that)
:: (that)
.. (and
so)
It
e san
du dok
an am, In am
1m lit
sa
rong
h
am
ba
"do<
s
li
p.:.lT, slop
lam bat
pl (
T) ]a
han
p i ian
L:I
eb.i(1)
1:6 ebil
'P
ba i i IIi
hi gi ni
ba ei ti l
hi
ei
tu
su pa
YlI
a nil
sa bUll
sa rong.la
ki
" D.
bu
s
soda, E.D. oW cia
somc 00 r:mg
.. (fcw) sik
it
sometimes
ka
da n
g-
" (occasionall
y)
ka dang
.. (a t times), I. tempo-tcwpl»
son .II
nak
" (son of) bin
sort
rna cham
sound bu ur i
soup, E.O.
so
p
sour lila
sa
m
.. 1. a sam
sou
r
ce
a
5:1
1
speak elm kap
species
spectacles (eye·
glasses)
r.
hi
cha J:I
bang 5;1
c
hf
T nlin.lna tao
ka
cba·ma ta
1
20
V O C A B U L A R
Y
.
VOCABULARY
121
,
"
they
'.
tram,
E.D.
_ , tnm
'
df
IllS sure .m m
• ' th;do
t i t .
tree
po kok
'1 11
.weep
pn
.... r thin , ni
pis
I,
po hon
' I"
, d bI Lm
ia S
\\ 'CC
t
rna"; '
( '
,
"
(lean)
ltu
nl
S
trial
hi cha
ra
spirits
• n k
Sy<d
saiyid
th; ba nog
trisha
be
cba
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 67/68
-:.'
. .. (evil)
han tu
syndica t
e,
C,
kong si
,
t h i ~
Ii kif, pi kit
trouble
m u h
spoo n sin
do1-
",':
thinty
' '
(don' t)
ta'
pa yah
.'
"
.. (
la
dle) su du
T th
is
i ni
Iron ,
sf lu IIf
(tea) H.
cham eha
table. P.
me ja
,/
.
'
though
pn
"
I. ch
Ia
na
spring rna rn-lilly er
\,(..
th
ousand
ri bu
no
=
tll irs
...
ekM
..
th
md
bI
W " ,
_goh
I.
bun tot
,
stand
(e
ndur
e)
ta
han
"
th
=
tip
'"
cho
ba
stand up bit di
ri
tai lor,
H.
del
ii
•
,
throw
bu aug
tub, D .
-
tation, E.
ste shin
t a k ~
to kang-ja
it
Thund>y
.
lea
mis,
Urn is
Tu
esda
y
sf la sa
D,
stasi on
am hi .
II
ticke
t, E.
ti kct
Turkis
h
tut
ki
"
121k
eba up
,y
n;m t i
hi
cha
r:iII
,
"
D,
kar chis
tum
pu siu :
steal chu
ri
"
(gossip)
I.
he
i kat
"
I.
pu
tu
stem
'
"
m"""
(neck) D.
da
si
"
(revolve)
ki saT
II
tinggi
,
"
stew (m
ea
t)
kor rna
I
.
time w:a tu,
n ta $ l
do>
stick
t ong kat
Ta
mil
Uliog
(occasion)
li
tar, E.
'
"
still (more) b, ;
(delay)
t
an
poh
U
""te
ng
"
"
(yet) rna sell, rna si
taxi, E.
....
.. (manage)
slm
pat.
dan
ugly
t:a'chan k k
stocking, E.
s
to
kin,
tea,
C.
teh,clu
ti n,
E.n .
tin
,
blik
.. J.
jll
lek
stomach
p i
nit
teach
II
jar
"
L
'"
I
e.,.
umbre lla
stone
b"u
(metal)
ti mah
pa YOIl'
teacher, H.
mUll
shi
"
understand
h
stool, P. bang ku
gu ru
tired
pI
nat
L
mlng
Ilr ti
,top
bir (h )1n ti
tea'Pot, C .
te k"'"
"
J.
ch
a
pe
~ duJla b
.. (prevent)
t2 han
a1 t;I -m.a ta
to
sa rna, a ka.n
unripe
mn ' "
,
<me
gn
Wong
'teen
bO'"
•
.. (towards)
b , ka
poll
da
until sam paj
"
(shop) C.
to k.
1
e1cgr.am, ED. t:a
li
gram
tOllis t
ro
ti
-pang p llg
upcounlTy _
hu lu
, u
lu
storm
ri
but
.. (wire)
ka
VI
'at
"
E-
too
up
10
sa-hiDg
p-
story
(upper)
C . 10 tcoa
telep
hon
e,
E.
t:a Ii
pun
tobacco, P .
t.m b.a bt l
n",
n ~
stove
"'pM
D. t. pun
toddy
u ' k
(to)
pa
h i
straight (away)
Lmg w
"
toa
ether
m
tell
bi
Iani:
usuall)' bi a
sa
"
L
lao las
,
sa-pu lob
to·morrow
be
sok, e$O
k
strike
pu leul
(ccnts)
sa-ku
pane:
(d
ay
In g
V
string
ta l i
"
tongue
Ii
dab
strong ku
at
"
J.
sa-pi chis
I
t
oo
(as well)
ju p
bang A t
"
I,
sa-k1-
tip
""" , t
stupid
bo
doh
thanks
t.
i m
a-b seh
•
,,( "muc
h
tlr
lam pau
vai
n (in)
plr
c
hu
rna
substitute
pn h
th"
; u
,
hlr
b III
va
lue
h"
..
<;
too
th
su
btract
toW<
th.a t
ch
, "p
"
gi
ai
varnish bar
Ilis
suffer
kI
na
the
i
tu
, si
,
,t
'no
.w vegetable
D
yM
su
fficient c
hu kUp
th
eatre
w._
toty (Tamil ) to I i
"
L
sa
yo " an
g n u
D.
ko
me
eli
towel. p .
tu
a la verandah,
p,
hi mn da
su tan sui
tan
(Malay) bang sa
wan
"
D, an duk
""
"'n""
'"'
rna
ta
-
ba
ri
then
kErn
(u )
di an
,
town
p i
bn,
ban dar
viilage
a
mat,
saDa
Sunday
ha
ri.mina: gu
"
(only) baru
)j
"
I.
k" "
bm pong
"
,hod
th
"e
si
til, sa DI
':,
village
(rur:d)
I.
virginity
'wages, D,
'waist
w
aa
j
ping aang
who
why
wide
wife
(Penang)
(polite)
si a pa
a pa-pa sal
kI na
pa
a
WA
t
Ie bar
bi
ni
is t ri
7/23/2019 A. W. Hamilton - Malay Made Easy - Covering Both Malaya and Indonesia - Singapore Eastern Universities Press 1959.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/a-w-hamilton-malay-made-easy-covering-both-malaya-and-indonesia-singapore 68/68
waistcloth
'
wai
t
want
" (wish)
'V ': rdrobe, p,
arehouse
'\I '
ann
w:urant, E,
'wash
washennan, H,
Wlltch'
D.
'water
~
w,
\\-'Car
'Wednesday
\\ Cek, p
weight
\\ tll
,
'wharf, E.O.
......
hat
wheel, p,
when
" (ever)
" J.
wh ere
which
" (
that
)
while
white
I.
sa rong
n31
1
ti
tung gu
ja Ian
ma(
h)n
U n dak
al ma
ri
16m a ri
gu dang
Ila nas
W'J ren
elm c
hi
do b i
m
na tu
jam
at
10
ji
ay er, air
Ii
lin
ki b
pa
kai
fa
bu,
rl
bo
ming au
bI
baik
ba sah
WlIp, bo
rn
.'
od>
bi Ia
a
pn
,bi la
ka pan
rna na
rna na
.
I dang
Il na: ab
l
JU leb
wd
d
will
wind
window,
p,
wine
wink
wipe
wire
wish
with
" (together)
woman
wood
wool
work
wo
rkman
write
wrong
)'3rd
, E.D.
year
yellow
'-"
)
·es
terday
you
I .C,
" (Penang)
"
(I>o
lite)
)oung
youth
" I.
" (bachelor)
hI
tan
nan Ii
ang
in
jen
(d)e la
"'. '
e ja
p
u
pu
lea wa t
ma
(h )
1I
hen
cia};
sa
di n
g
an
p4r 1m pu an
yu
bn lu
kIT ja
hi
n i
ti l lis
501 fah
y
' "
a
(h )1l1
ku ling
"
a,ma lam
11 11
ma rin
eng kall, kau
ko we, lu
h
ang
lea
nm
, a wak
mn
da
hu d>.
lea chOIll
a
n
ak·li
ru
na